summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/39916-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-14 20:13:47 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-14 20:13:47 -0700
commit8574bd5f5c202bf28079ae3614af588606090923 (patch)
treec342256219d3ab341ef1c305297997a720fa21ef /39916-h
initial commit of ebook 39916HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '39916-h')
-rw-r--r--39916-h/39916-h.htm8412
-rw-r--r--39916-h/images/illus-fpc.jpgbin0 -> 62446 bytes
-rw-r--r--39916-h/images/illus-tpg.jpgbin0 -> 21112 bytes
3 files changed, 8412 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/39916-h/39916-h.htm b/39916-h/39916-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3762ffd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/39916-h/39916-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8412 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+ <meta http-equiv='Content-Type' content='text/html; charset=utf-8' />
+ <meta name='author' content='Claude A. Labelle' />
+ <meta name='generator' content='ph.py (version 20120603)' />
+ <title>The Ranger Boys Outwit the Timber Thieves</title>
+ <style type='text/css'>
+ body { margin:2em 7%; text-align: justify; }
+ h1 { text-align: center; font-size: large; margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:1.5em;}
+ h2 { text-align: center; font-size: medium; font-weight: normal; margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:1.5em;}
+ hr.pb { border:none;border-bottom:1px solid #cccccc; margin: 30px auto; }
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Ranger Boys Outwit the Timber Thieves, by
+Claude A. Labelle
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Ranger Boys Outwit the Timber Thieves
+
+Author: Claude A. Labelle
+
+Release Date: June 4, 2012 [EBook #39916]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE RANGER BOYS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This book was
+produced from images made available by the HathiTrust
+Digital Library.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div align='center'>
+<img alt='' src='images/illus-fpc.jpg' />
+<p style='width:380px'>The guard let them out, and warned them that any attempt at flight would be followed immediately by a shot.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h1>THE RANGER BOYS OUTWIT THE TIMBER THIEVES</h1>
+
+<p style='text-align:center; font-size:large;'>By<br/>CLAUDE A. LABELLE</p>
+
+<p style='text-align:center'>Author of<br/>
+“The Ranger Boys to the Rescue,”<br/>
+“The Ranger Boys Find the Hermit,”<br/>
+“The Ranger Boys and the Border Smugglers,”<br/>
+“The Ranger Boys and Their Reward.”</p>
+
+<div align='center'>
+<img alt='' src='images/illus-tpg.jpg' />
+</div>
+
+<p style='text-align:center'>A. L. BURT COMPANY<br/>
+Publishers New York</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<div style='text-align:center'>
+<p><b>THE RANGER BOYS SERIES</b></p>
+
+<p>A Series of Stories for Boys 12 to 16 Years of Age</p>
+
+<p>By CLAUDE A. LABELLE</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>The Ranger Boys to the Rescue</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>The Ranger Boys Find the Hermit</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>The Ranger Boys and the Border Smugglers</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>The Ranger Boys Outwit the Timber Thieves</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>The Ranger Boys and Their Reward</p>
+
+<p>Copyright, 1922<br/>
+By A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p style='font-size:smaller'>Made in “U. S. A.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p style='text-align:center; font-size:larger;'>THE RANGER BOYS OUTWIT THE TIMBER THIEVES.</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I<br/>THE START OF NEW ADVENTURES</h2>
+
+<p>“Bangor, Bangor, all change for Portland, Boston
+and way stations,” shouted the trainman.</p>
+
+<p>“Here we are, boys,” shouted Garry Boone.
+“Wake up, Dick, let’s get our packs and rifles. We
+will be in the station in a few seconds now. My,
+but I’ll be glad to see Dad again. And he promises
+us some real action, too. I wonder what trouble he
+is in. You remember he hinted at something of the
+sort in the letter that he wrote us at Hobart.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, we’ll know in a few minutes now, for
+your father will be waiting for us at the Bangor
+House. Don’t fret over what he wants, Garry, just
+be glad that we have a chance to get into action of
+some kind. These past few weeks have gotten me
+so that I am not happy if we don’t have a few
+scrapes to get in and out of,” remarked the second
+of the trio of boys.</p>
+
+<p>Dick Wallace, a plump, heavyset chap, yawned
+and rubbed the sleep from his eyes, and then got up
+and stretched his cramped limbs. He had been napping
+for more than an hour.</p>
+
+<p>At that moment the train drew into the station
+with a screeching of brakes, and the boys, having
+dug out their knapsacks and rifles from between the
+seats where they had stowed them, soon were off
+the train and walking briskly toward the Bangor
+House.</p>
+
+<p>“Why not take a car, there ought to be one along
+in a minute or two,” half grumbled Dick. It must
+be explained that Dick, because of his weight, took
+the easiest method of doing anything whenever
+possible.</p>
+
+<p>This does not mean that he ever shirked his duty,
+or that he was incapable of walking whenever he
+had to. As a matter of fact, he had made long hikes
+in the woods without ever batting an eyelash, but
+he believed in doing such things only when they
+were necessary.</p>
+
+<p>“Trust Dick to want a street car and something
+to eat the minute he gets to a city,” laughed Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I bet he is starving right now,” jibed Phil
+Durant. “All he has had to eat since lunchtime is
+an apple, three bananas, and I don’t know how
+many bags of peanuts. If the train boy hadn’t
+made a sale all the afternoon except to Dick he
+would have made a day’s pay anyway.”</p>
+
+<p>“That reminds me that it is almost supper time
+now,” said Dick. He had heard his chums rag him
+so many times about his appetite, that their remarks
+rolled off him as does water off a duck’s back. “I
+move we postpone hearing what Dad Boone has to
+tell us until after we have eaten. Then he can tell
+us what he wants, and after that perhaps we can all
+go to a movie show.”</p>
+
+<p>There was no car in sight, so they continued their
+walk, and soon were at the doors of the Bangor
+House, a large, well-appointed hotel. The boys cut
+a strange figure as they walked through the lobby,
+for they were clad in broad brimmed Stetson army
+hats, khaki coats cut like hunters’ jackets, with big
+roomy pockets, and khaki trousers stuffed into the
+tops of shoepacks, which are nothing more than
+heavy moccasins with an extra leather sole.</p>
+
+<p>Each boy carried a knapsack on his back, and
+attached to this was a lariat. In addition, a stout
+forest hatchet was thrust through the belt that girdled
+them, and each boy carried a rifle.</p>
+
+<p>Many curious looks were cast in their direction
+as they walked to the desk where Garry asked if
+Mr. Boone was registered there.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments the clerk had telephoned up to
+Garry’s father and immediately was told to send the
+boys up. Following in the wake of the bell boy
+they ascended to the room, where Mr. Boone was
+waiting.</p>
+
+<p>He greeted the boys heartily and commented on
+their healthy appearance, for the sun and open air
+had made them as tanned as any woodsman.</p>
+
+<p>Greetings over, Mr. Boone remarked:</p>
+
+<p>“Before I tell you boys why I have sent for you,
+I suggest that we get our dinner and then come
+back to the room.”</p>
+
+<p>“Welcome words!” uttered Dick enthusiastically.</p>
+
+<p>“I thought that would about hit the spot with
+you, Dick,” laughed Mr. Boone.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said Garry, “he is starving to death; he
+hasn’t had anything to eat for nearly an hour and
+a half.”</p>
+
+<p>Leading the way, Mr. Boone headed the boys
+toward the dining room, while they unanimously
+ordered a fine steak, and soon were busily eating.</p>
+
+<p>As they eat, let us look them over and get acquainted
+with them. Those of our readers who
+have read the three volumes preceding this one,
+“<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Ranger Boys to the Rescue</span>,” “<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The
+Ranger Boys Find the Hermit</span>,” and “<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The
+Ranger Boys and the Border Smugglers</span>,” already
+know our heroes. Others must be introduced.</p>
+
+<p>The leader of the trio is Garfield Boone. He is
+generally known as Garry. The stout boy with the
+long distance appetite is Dick Wallace, close friend
+of Garry, and ward of Mr. Boone. The third is
+Phil Durant, a boy of French Canadian parentage.
+The three boys live in a small Maine town, only a
+few miles from Portland, the principal city of the
+Pine Tree State, as our northernmost commonwealth
+is known.</p>
+
+<p>They have just completed their junior year in
+high school, and it has been decided that Garry and
+Dick shall go to a military school the coming fall,
+while Phil will have to remain and finish at the high
+school.</p>
+
+<p>Hence they wanted to spend their last vacation
+together, and had picked on the idea of taking a
+camping trip to the woods. Mr. Boone, father of
+Garry, who owned extensive lumber tracts in the
+Maine woods and was connected with some of the
+big paper mills of the state, came to bat with an
+idea that pleased the boys immensely.</p>
+
+<p>It was to this effect. That instead of going on a
+mere camping trip which might prove to be tiresome
+before it was concluded, that the boys become
+attached to the Forest Ranger Service as an extraordinary
+Unit of this woodcraft outfit.</p>
+
+<p>Their duties would be the same as those of the
+older Rangers; that is, to guard the forests from
+the fire peril that constantly menaced the timber
+lands of the state. In this service there were two
+branches, the men who act as lookouts, having an
+unchanged station, and the patrol men who travel
+over a certain set course watching that fire does not
+start and keeping careless campers from starting
+fires in dangerous spots.</p>
+
+<p>In a few days the boys had outfitted themselves
+and were on their way to their first station on the
+Sourdehunq Mountain, a tract of timberland owned
+by Mr. Boone. They had no thought of any adventure
+other than that which might be caused by the
+discovery of a fire, but on their second night on the
+trail they find the guide they had hired, one Jean
+LeBlanc, a French Canadian halfbreed, trying to
+steal their supplies.</p>
+
+<p>They drive him away, and later find the halfbreed
+is inimical to them because of a fancied grievance
+he has against the elder Boone. They also
+make a staunch friend in the person of Nate Webster,
+an old Maine guide. Later Webster replaces
+the Deputy Ranger, Anderson by name, who has
+proved incompetent, and Anderson joins forces with
+LeBlanc and becomes an enemy of the Ranger
+Boys, and nearly succeeds in doing them great
+harm.</p>
+
+<p>Another friend is made in the person of an old
+hermit, who on several occasions warns the boys of
+impending peril by sending them cryptic notes.</p>
+
+<p>On one occasion Jean LeBlanc kidnaps the little
+daughter of a family by the name of Graham, who
+are camping in the woods. With the aid of a note
+from the hermit, the boys are able to rescue her and
+capture LeBlanc. The latter, however, escapes and
+makes much trouble for the boys, finally setting fire
+to the woods.</p>
+
+<p>He and Anderson escape by climbing a sheer cliff.
+Still later the boys are asked by the Customs Secret
+Service to get evidence of a gang of smugglers on
+the Canadian border. This they do and the gang is
+seized, all except LeBlanc who dodges back across
+the boundary and is hence safe from arrest since he
+is on Canadian territory and not amenable to the
+United States law.</p>
+
+<p>During a rainy season, they seek out the hermit
+and find him; that is, Dick finds him. One of their
+greatest adventures during the search for the gang
+of border smugglers is the finding, with the aid of
+an old map, of a tourmaline mine. The boys get a
+deed to the mineral rights of the land, and plan at
+a later date to mine the gems and make a handsome
+income for themselves.</p>
+
+<p>It must also be explained that there is a mystery
+connected with Dick. His father was a college professor
+of geology and botany, and a classmate of
+Mr. Boone. He had a fall from a horse that destroyed
+his memory, and before an operation could
+be performed, disappeared. Dick’s mother had died
+when he was a baby, and so being without parents
+or home, Mr. Boone had become his guardian,
+bringing him up with his own son, Garry.</p>
+
+<p>Now that we have a brief sketch of the boys and
+their previous activities, let us see what Mr. Boone’s
+need of them is.</p>
+
+<p>“Here is the whole story, boys,” said Mr. Boone
+as they finished their dinner and returned to his
+room. “As you know, I have extensive interests
+not only in the timberland but in the mills that manufacture
+paper. Recently I severed connections
+with several of the mills, and put all my eggs in
+one basket, so to speak, by investing my funds all in
+one mill. Of course it is impossible to do business
+on a big scale without making many business enemies,
+or at least determined rivals. I have a good
+many such, and I have been given to understand
+that several of them have pooled their resources and
+become connected with the mills from which I withdrew
+my money.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course I have not enough work in my one
+mill to take care of all the timber that I can cut, so
+I contract to supply other mills, necessarily becoming
+a rival of some of the other timber owners.</p>
+
+<p>“Then, too, I have recently decided to start an
+experiment in summer lumbering. You know, of
+course, that Maine’s lumber cutting season has
+always been in the winter because the logs could be
+cut and hauled over the snow to the rivers and then
+when the spring unleashed the ice-bound rivers, the
+logs could be driven down to the mills. However,
+I am figuring on getting out lumber for building
+during the summer and in the winter getting the
+logs for the pulp mills to grind ready for the making
+of paper. I have several important contracts
+with a time limit; that is, the necessary amount of
+lumber must be gotten out by a certain date else I
+forfeit my profit and large damages besides.</p>
+
+<p>“Lately I have seen from my reports that the
+lumber is not being gotten out on schedule time.
+Whenever I come and look it over, or send a representative,
+everything goes like clockwork, but the
+moment that I turn my back a saw breaks, making
+a week’s delay, or a tractor is broken, or something
+else happens. Unfortunately my financial affairs at
+the present time are in such shape that I must devote
+the greater part of my time to keeping the
+wheels going. This necessitates my being much of
+the time in Boston and New York, hence I cannot
+be at the cutting operations all the time.</p>
+
+<p>“I have changed managers, but still no good
+comes of it. Now I am confident that the morale
+of my camp is being undermined by some business
+rivals, and that there is underground work of some
+sort going on. Since your success in getting that
+gang of smugglers, the complete story of which I
+have already heard, I believe that you boys can find
+out what is going on at the camp to hinder my contracts.</p>
+
+<p>“I have thought that you boys might go to the
+vicinity of the cutting and sawmills and camp there.
+You would have the freedom of the camp, as I
+would write the manager who you were, and then
+you could use your eyes and ears and see what was
+what.</p>
+
+<p>“I should suggest that you display a great deal of
+ignorance about lumbering operations and sawmill
+work, so that your presence would not excite undue
+suspicion. Further than that I can give you no instructions,
+for if I knew what the matter was I
+would not have to call on you for assistance. I am
+simply relying on you to be able to do as good a
+job for me as you have done for the Ranger Service
+and the Customs Department. In other words, you
+will have to work out your own salvation, and I am
+sure that you can produce for me the results that I
+want.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Boone concluded his long explanation and
+then leaned back, letting the matter sink in. Then
+he asked, “Well, boys, what do you think of the
+proposition? Are you willing to undertake it?
+Not that there will be any danger attached, but do
+you feel yourselves confident of making a success
+of the venture?”</p>
+
+<p>The eyes of the three boys sparkled. They discounted
+Mr. Boone’s belief that there would be no
+danger attached, for they felt that the proposition
+offered a chance for much excitement, and this was
+what they wanted. Thrilling adventures were for
+them the spice of life after what they had experienced
+that summer. Garry answered for the others.
+“Will we do it? You bet we will, and we’ll succeed!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER II<br/>TO THE RESCUE</h2>
+
+<p>After the conclusion of their talk with Mr.
+Boone, the boys went out to take in a motion picture
+show, after finding there would be time to see
+the last performance.</p>
+
+<p>On the way to the theatre, they stopped for a
+moment to watch a street fakir selling knives under
+the flaring light of a gasoline torch.</p>
+
+<p>“Here you are, here’s a fine knife with your name
+and address inlaid in the handle!” he was shouting.</p>
+
+<p>“I think I’ll get one of those for myself,” said
+Dick to his chums.</p>
+
+<p>“What do you want of one, you have your good
+heavy scout knife, haven’t you?” queried Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, I just want it as a curiosity for use when
+we come out of the woods; we won’t want to carry
+a great knife like that in civilian clothes,” replied
+Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“We’ll miss the first of the show if you wait,”
+remarked Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Let the youngster have his way, Garry,” interrupted
+Phil with a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>The street salesman made the name plate and
+quickly screwed the transparent handle back on the
+knife. Dick handed over the money and soon they
+were on the way to the movies.</p>
+
+<p>They received a fine surprise when they reached
+there, for the picture being shown was one in which
+they had taken small parts when they encountered
+a crew of motion picture actors while they were at
+their first station in the woods, and when they had
+some stirring adventures the time Jean LeBlanc set
+fire to the woods, the motion picture people had
+been rescued by the boys. The picture was a decidedly
+good one and they enjoyed it.</p>
+
+<p>The chums chattered during the play in a subdued
+tone, especially when there flashed on the
+screen the parts where they were playing roles. The
+water scene where Dick did some fine swimming
+was particularly good.</p>
+
+<p>After the picture was over, they edged out
+through the crowd and returned to the hotel and
+were about to go up to their rooms when Garry had
+an idea.</p>
+
+<p>“Say, boys, we are not going on such a secret
+affair now that we cannot have Sandy with us, so
+I am going to telegraph Nate and ask if he will
+bring us the dog tomorrow, or let us know by wire
+if he cannot.”</p>
+
+<p>Sandy was the big Airedale dog owned by Garry,
+a canine that possessed almost as much sense as
+some humans. When they had gone on their mission
+to the border to capture the smugglers, they
+had left the dog in Nate’s keeping, as they were
+afraid that the sight of the dog would bring to mind
+who they were to any of their enemies, and they
+had made several in the course of their sojourn in
+the Maine woods.</p>
+
+<p>To speak was to act with Garry, and he promptly
+made his way to the desk where the familiar blue
+lettered lamp was aglow.</p>
+
+<p>The work of writing the message was short and
+then they went to their rooms, first stopping in to
+say good night to Mr. Boone, and advising him to
+see the motion picture the next day so that he could
+see them in their small parts.</p>
+
+<p>This Mr. Boone promised to do, and soon all
+were sleeping the sound sleep of healthy boys with
+never a worry or care.</p>
+
+<p>Morning came, and with it the boys arose and
+hastened to the dining room to make the most of
+the brief opportunity that they would have for the
+excellent hotel fare. They spent a part of the forenoon
+in overhauling and looking over their radio-phone
+equipment to see that it was all in perfect
+condition, for they had a hunch that it would come
+in very useful when they arrived at the cutting
+tract. This was to be proven true at a later date.</p>
+
+<p>About ten o’clock they received a wire from Nate
+saying that he would arrive in Bangor about noon
+and would bring the Airedale with him. True to
+his promise in the telegram, the old guide appeared
+at the hotel shortly after the noon hour set in and
+with him was Sandy. The boys were seated in
+some of the arm chairs that dotted the lobby, and
+in less than a moment the dog had found his friends,
+and nearly knocked over half a dozen people in his
+haste and eagerness to reach the trio, for despite the
+fact that an Airedale is called a one man dog, he
+distributed his friendship equally among the three
+chums.</p>
+
+<p>The boys were fully as glad to see their four-footed
+friend as he was to welcome them, and they
+cuffed and patted him strenuously.</p>
+
+<p>“Wall, boys, there’s your pup, safe and sound as
+the day I took charge of him. And let me tell you,
+he is some dog. Saved me a considerable sum of
+money tother day, too,” announced Nate.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell us about it,” asked Garry, as the three
+crowded around the old “State of Mainer” and
+shook hands with him heartily.</p>
+
+<p>“There ain’t a whole lot to tell, ’cepting that a
+few days ago I sold a small tract of land that I
+had to a queer old codger who doesn’t believe in
+banks, and who paid me in bills. I believe in banks
+myself, but it was late when I made the deal so I
+had to stow the money away in the house. I locked
+it up as well as I could in a small desk in the sitting
+room, and went on to bed. ’Bout twelve o’clock I
+heard a tearing around downstairs and Sandy barking
+fit to raise the dead. I hopped downstairs as
+soon as I could reach for a rifle that stood in the
+corner of my bedroom, just in time to see Sandy
+going through an open window. I chased out after
+him, but someone was just driving away in an automobile
+as I got out of the window. Sandy ran the
+car down the road a piece, but came back beaten
+and tuckered out. He was fast, but not quite fast
+enough to catch the car, going at the rate it was.
+Well, I got back in through the window and looked
+around. The window had been forced open, and
+the burglar was just evidently about to force open
+the desk, for there were scratches about the lock
+and a heavy screwdriver was laying on the floor. I
+figure Sandy heard him from the kitchen, where he
+generally slept, and came in and drove him off just
+in time to save my money. So that’s all there is to
+that, but he is a mighty fine dog, and I hate to let
+go of him, even to his owner.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys patted Sandy again and again as they
+listened to Nate’s story.</p>
+
+<p>“Did you find any trace of the robber?” asked
+Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Nary a sign except the footprints on the lawn
+under the window. I figure it must have been
+someone that knew I got paid for the land that
+evening, and that I kept a little valuable stuff in the
+desk, but there is no proof or nothing to work on
+to determine who it might be. I don’t care anyway,
+as long as the invader didn’t get my money,” replied
+Nate.</p>
+
+<p>The boys invited Nate to lunch with them, and
+this invitation he accepted, and calling Mr. Boone
+they went into the dining room. In a few moments
+they were joined by “Moose” Boone and the greeting
+between the two old friends was pleasant to see.</p>
+
+<p>During the luncheon hour they told Nate of the
+new work the boys were going on, and while he
+expressed himself as sorry that they were not immediately
+going back on the fire patrol, he agreed
+that they, if anyone, could solve the mystery of the
+stolen timber and mishaps at the logging camp.</p>
+
+<p>After luncheon the boys decided that since a day
+or two extra would not make any great difference
+in their plans, they would walk to the camp instead
+of riding in the hot stuffy train. They decided to
+start that afternoon, as soon as the sun began to
+lower, and make about ten miles of their fifty mile
+journey, sleeping out under the open as soon as it
+got too dark to walk any farther.</p>
+
+<p>Garry’s father agreed that they could take what
+little extra time was needed to walk, and so it was
+settled.</p>
+
+<p>The first business of the afternoon was to visit
+a large grocery store and purchase enough provisions
+to last them on the trip, for they would do
+their cooking over an open fire along the way.</p>
+
+<p>“We’ll just buy enough to carry us over for two
+days, for we ought to reach the logging camp by
+late afternoon of the day after tomorrow,” announced
+Garry, the chosen leader of the trio on all
+expeditions.</p>
+
+<p>“This suits me to a T,” remarked Dick. “Then
+we won’t have to carry so much extra stuff in our
+packs, and in this hot weather a few pounds saved
+is a boon.”</p>
+
+<p>“Trust Dick not to want to carry too heavy a
+pack,” laughed Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s nothing to laugh about,” protested Dick
+hotly, “that’s just good common sense. It’s<span style='letter-spacing: -4px;'>——</span>”</p>
+
+<p>Then he perceived that his chums were ragging
+him a bit so he grinned and turning on his heel
+started for the door, followed by the two laughing
+boys.</p>
+
+<p>The buying of the groceries took but a short time,
+and soon the bags were packed and they were ready
+for their trip.</p>
+
+<p>Goodbyes were said to Nate and Mr. Boone, and
+the trio set out on their long hike.</p>
+
+<p>“Good luck, boys, and I sincerely hope that you
+find what you are looking for, because my affairs
+are in a ticklish position just at present and unless
+I find the cause of the disturbance and thefts at the
+camp, I will be in a very serious way,” said Mr.
+Boone as he shook hands with the three boys.</p>
+
+<p>“Guess they can settle the matter if anyone can,”
+remarked Nate as he bade the boys goodbye. “They
+have done some pretty fine work for boys lately and
+I look to see them get to the nigger in the wood-pile
+and roust him out pretty shortly. Then mebbe they
+can come back and take over the patrol for the rest
+of the summer.</p>
+
+<p>“We’re good for about eight miles tonight, fellows,”
+said Garry as they started, “for it will be at
+least three hours before it gets too dark to walk any
+farther,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you the route all set in your mind?” asked
+Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I looked over a road map very carefully this
+morning, and the manager at the hotel garage gave
+me some other directions so that we cannot go very
+far wrong,” answered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>They passed well out of Bangor and were going
+along a country road, just as the sun was setting,
+when a chugging automobile was heard back of
+them. Soon a ramshackle old flivver drew up near
+them, driven by a young farmer lad.</p>
+
+<p>He sized up the boys, then stopped his machine
+and asked:</p>
+
+<p>“Going far?”</p>
+
+<p>“On to Colter,” answered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Gosh, that’s a pretty good spell to walk,” answered
+the farmer boy. “I’m going on about four
+miles more; would you like a lift for that distance?”</p>
+
+<p>“You bet we would,” broke in Dick.</p>
+
+<p>This brought a laugh from the others, and they
+accepted the lift, for it meant saving almost an hour
+on their way.</p>
+
+<p>They piled into the old flivver, and soon were
+rolling speedily along the road. Despite its aged and
+decrepit appearance the car made excellent time,
+and the boys commented on this.</p>
+
+<p>“Yep, she’s a pretty good old boat,” answered the
+boy. “I don’t have much time to tinker with the
+looks of the thing on the outside, but I manage to
+keep the engine in pretty good condition. You can’t
+keep a farm car looking up to time every minute.
+Well, I turn in here in a minute, so I guess this is
+as far as you can ride, unless another car comes
+along. Will you come in and have a bite to eat?”</p>
+
+<p>The chums thanked him cordially but refused his
+invitation, saying that they would cook their own
+meal an hour or so later.</p>
+
+<p>Garry looked up at the sun and then remarked to
+his chums:</p>
+
+<p>“It will be dark in two hours, and we can make
+just about six miles in that time without exerting
+ourselves too much. We haven’t done much of anything
+all day so if we want to let out a bit we can
+tack on an extra mile in that time and so save ourselves
+a bit of extra walking tomorrow. Let’s go.”</p>
+
+<p>Hitching up their packs, the trio of chums set
+off at a brisk pace. The setting of the sun made it
+much cooler and the walking was pleasant. They
+passed through a small village and were well on the
+outskirts where the houses were beginning to get
+scattered, and they were deciding how far to proceed
+before picking a spot to camp for the night
+when they heard a call for help and the sounds of
+a scuffle. In the gathering gloom they could not
+see where the trouble was, but hastening towards
+the spot from where the voices seemed to come, they
+approached a bend in the road, and turning, saw two
+men attacking a third.</p>
+
+<p>The attackers seemed to be rough specimens of
+humanity, while the third was a young man, fairly
+well dressed. This gave the affair the aspect of a
+robbery instead of a quarrel among a lot of ruffians,
+so calling his chums to hurry, Garry threw his rifle
+to his shoulder and shouted to the attacking party
+to throw up their hands.</p>
+
+<p>The surprised thugs took one look at the business-like
+rifle in Garry’s hands, and then deciding that
+they might perchance overpower him seemed to be
+on the verge of rushing toward him when Phil and
+Dick turned the bend in the road. Seeing that they
+were outnumbered, and with no thought of the fact
+that the boys might fire on them, they turned on
+their heels and ran. Garry was about to send a shot
+flying after them when the young man who had
+been the subject of the attack called to Garry to let
+them go.</p>
+
+<p>Just then he toppled over and fell at full length at
+Garry’s feet.</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER III<br/>A NEW ALLY</h2>
+
+<p>Garry hastily unstrapped his canteen and unloosing
+the stopper, poured some of the water on the
+man’s face. At the same time, Dick, showing a surprising
+amount of speed for one so undeniably stout,
+sprang to help Garry and unloosed the man’s shirt
+collar.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments the man had been revived, and
+when he had come to, Garry asked him if he had
+been shot or stabbed or wounded in any way.</p>
+
+<p>“No,” replied the man weakly. “One of those
+jacks hit me on the head with a club, and I guess I
+just got groggy. I wonder if you boys could help
+me home, I live a few hundred yards down the
+road.”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed we will, you wait just a moment and we
+will improvise something to carry you on,” replied
+Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“No, you won’t have to do that, just give me an
+arm to lean on; that will do very nicely.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys did as he wished, and in a few minutes
+of easy walking they came to a neat little cottage, set
+back a few yards from the door with a number of
+flower beds scattered over the little lawn.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh Grace,” called the man, and soon a pretty
+young woman came to the door. When she saw
+her husband, for so he proved to be, leaning on the
+arm of Garry she flew down the path and asked anxiously
+what was the matter.</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing at all. Just wait till we get in the house
+and I will tell you all about it,” said the stranger.
+Then turning to the boys, he asked them to come in.</p>
+
+<p>Anxious to hear what the cause of attack was,
+and why the man had wanted the rascals to escape,
+the trio accepted his invitation, and soon were sitting
+in the attractive little living room of the cottage.</p>
+
+<p>“Now I suppose you boys who so kindly helped
+me out of a nasty hole would like to know what
+the whole business is about, wouldn’t you?” asked
+the owner of the cottage.</p>
+
+<p>“We are rather curious,” answered Garry speaking
+for the others.</p>
+
+<p>“My name is Howells, Arthur first name, generally
+called Art by my friends, and I am a timber
+scaler by occupation. I am scaling on the Boone cutting
+a few miles from here, and the chaps who attacked
+me were, until a few days ago, lumber jacks
+employed on the cutting. One morning I found
+them ‘spiking a tree,’ and forthwith sent a report
+to the office with a demand that they be fired. For
+that reason they met me tonight and attempted to
+get satisfaction by giving me a sound beating. Perhaps
+it would have been worse had you boys not
+come along so opportunely. I don’t think they
+would have murdered me, but could have easily put
+me out of commission so that I could not work, and
+that is one thing that I must do now of all times.”</p>
+
+<p>“But why did you want us to let them escape.
+I should think you would have wanted them put
+safely under lock and key for such an unwarranted
+attack,” demanded Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, Arthur,” chimed in his wife. “I would
+have had them arrested and given a good long sentence.
+They might have killed you or crippled
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>“There’s just one reason. One of them was Dave
+Pingree, son of old Daddy Pingree who lives in
+the village near here. You know the son is a worthless
+scoundrel, but old Daddy has had so much
+trouble that I didn’t want to bring any more on
+him by having his son arrested, bad as he is, and
+as richly as he deserves to be jailed. The other
+one was a stranger to these parts, half breed Canadian
+by the name of LeBlanc, who picked up Pingree
+somewhere in the woods, and who has been
+his constant companion for the past few weeks, at
+least since the cutting operations of the Boone tract
+were started,” concluded Howells.</p>
+
+<p>The three boys were so startled at the sound of
+the name LeBlanc that they jumped to their feet
+simultaneously and asked Howells to repeat the
+name.</p>
+
+<p>“LeBlanc is the name. But why does that surprise
+you so?” queried Mr. Howells in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>“What is his first name,” demanded Garry without
+answering the question.</p>
+
+<p>“On the payroll he is listed as Baptiste.”</p>
+
+<p>“We did not get a very good look at him in the
+dusk,” said Garry. “Would you mind describing
+him for us, please. This is a peculiar situation, and
+we will tell you about it after you have described
+the man,” answered Garry rather agitatedly.</p>
+
+<p>“Why he is a swarthy chap about twenty-seven
+or eight, just about the same age as Pingree. He
+has black hair and mustache, and a jagged scar
+on one side of his neck, probably a knife wound
+from some lumber camp fight,” answered Howells.</p>
+
+<p>Garry sank back with a sigh of relief.</p>
+
+<p>“At any rate he is not the man we think he is.
+The scar and the age settle that, although the rest
+of the description fits him well enough to make him
+a brother to Jean LeBlanc, the one man we do want
+to run across in this neck of the woods,” replied
+Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, not that I want to raise any apprehension
+on your part, or tell you something that is displeasing
+to you, he is a brother of a man called Jean
+LeBlanc. I happen to know that this is so, for one
+night the lumberjacks were wrestling in front of
+the bunkhouse and boasting about their exploits,
+when this Baptiste came up and succeeded in throwing
+several of the men with a rather vicious hold.
+After he had thrown several of them he started
+boasting about his brother Jean, who had taught
+him the hold. I was standing at one side watching
+the wrestling, which is how I happened to overhear
+the matter. But why does the name of LeBlanc
+bother you so?” he asked in conclusion.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a rather long story,” answered Garry
+“and perhaps I had better start by telling you our
+names. These are my chums, Phil Durant and
+Dick Wallace, while my name is Garfield Boone,
+generally called Garry for short.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t suppose you are any relation to the Mr.
+Boone who owns this tract where the summer logging
+is going on are you? Most people of that
+name in this state are somewhat related. In fact
+I am a second or third cousin of his myself,” said
+Howells with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I happen to be his son,” answered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, that is a coincidence. I suppose you are
+going on to take a look at the cutting aren’t you.
+This being your vacation time probably you are
+camping and travelling around a bit,” and Howells
+glanced at the knapsacks and rifles which the boys
+had stacked near the door in the hall and which
+could be plainly seen from the living room.</p>
+
+<p>Dick was about to say something when he caught
+a meaning glance from Garry, which was also seen
+by Phil, and which the boys interpreted as a desire
+on the part of Garry to do any necessary explaining
+that might have to be done.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, we were in this vicinity and thought that
+we would like to see how the experiment in summer
+cutting was coming along,” he told Howells.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s fine, then I shall see you around there
+a good deal as I am scaling. Of course coming
+from a lumbering family, I don’t need to tell you
+that scaling means measuring the timber that is cut.
+I also do quite a bit of timber cruising, which, as
+you know, means travelling through the cutting,
+marking the trees that are fit to be cut. Your
+father is very particular about his lumbering, and
+he doesn’t do as many of the other timber owners
+do, sweep clean through a tract of land, and make
+it worthless as timber land for years to come. His
+having certain trees marked for cutting means that
+every year there will be a growth suitable to cut and
+market and thus he is assured of a steady income
+from his tracts.”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps if you are not too busy every day, you
+could show us something of the lumbering operations.
+Although as you say, I come from a ‘lumber
+family,’ I don’t know a great deal about timber
+cutting. About the only time I have ever been at
+the camps was at the spring drive, just to see the
+fight for the river, and neither of my chums know
+any more about it than I do. The first thing I
+would like to know is what did you mean by ‘spiking
+a tree’?” asked Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know that I can explain that to you
+without having you near a piece of big timber to
+demonstrate what I mean, but I will try and tell
+you as best I can. There is a certain way to cut a
+tree, or rather there is a certain place where one always
+starts to cut. This place is determined by the
+diameter of the tree. If the tree is two feet thick,
+the cutter measures up two feet from the ground
+to start his cut. Of course he does not measure it
+exactly, but long experience has taught him to estimate
+almost within an inch where to start. You
+know some trees are cut by axe; those are the
+smaller ones, but the bigger ones are sawed nearly
+all the way through, and then the axemen cut
+through just enough with their axes to cause the
+tree to break off and fall. ‘Spiking a tree’ means
+to take an estimate where the sawyers will start,
+and then drive several spikes in, using a nail set to
+drive them into the tree out of sight. The hole
+left will close up very rapidly, or a little dirt and
+moss can be stuck in so cleverly as to defy detection.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what harm does that do? I suppose it might
+kill the tree, but what difference does that make,
+since it is going to be cut down directly?” quizzed
+Phil who was an interested listener.</p>
+
+<p>“It doesn’t harm an old tree, but this is what it
+does, or rather figure it out for yourselves. What
+happens when the saw strikes three or four heavy
+spikes, set in the tree just in the path of the blade?”
+asked Howells.</p>
+
+<p>The truth flashed over the three boys in an instant,
+and immediately they felt that they accomplished
+one purpose of their mission to the woods.
+They had discovered one of the reasons for the delay
+in the cutting. If several saws were to be
+spoiled that meant a delay in getting new ones.</p>
+
+<p>“Now here are two other things that a spike in
+a tree will do. If spikes are driven in young trees,
+several of them, that is trees that won’t be cut
+for a few years, it means that it will cause the core
+or heart of the tree to rot or break the grain. Then
+when the tree is finally cut, a part of the lower
+trunk, or best part of the tree for lumber purposes,
+shatters just like so much glass when it falls. That’s
+one thing a spike will do. Now here’s another
+thing. Suppose that the mischief maker does not
+drive his spikes in the tree where the cut will be
+made, but climbs up twenty or thirty feet or so,
+and drives a dozen or two in different parts of the
+trunk of the tree. The tree trunk is cut safely and
+then it is drawn to the sawmill where it is sawed
+into planks. What happens when one of the big, expensive
+circular saws rips through a dozen spikes?
+It’s just goodbye to the saw and goodbye to a lot
+of money, and means a delay of several minutes
+until the saw can be replaced with another. And
+when you are cutting timber on a time contract with
+a penalty for every day’s delay overtime that you
+take, a half an hour or so lost through trouble with
+your sawmill means a big thing. Then there are
+two other dangers. One is that the saw will fly off
+and hurt the millmen when it hits the spikes, and
+the other is that it sometimes will cause serious defects
+in the entire machinery, so that instead of
+just a few minutes’ delay to change saws, you waste
+a day or maybe two in repairing the machinery.
+So that’s that.” Howells concluded his long description
+of all the trouble one little handful of spikes
+could do, and then he looked rather searchingly at
+the boys. Finally he seemed to have decided in his
+own mind to say what he was thinking and he
+looked at Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“I wonder if your father has any idea that
+someone is trying to hurt his business? I don’t believe
+for an instant that those two scoundrels were driving
+those spikes just to make mischief. There is
+something deeper than that behind the whole business.
+There are scores of petty accidents occurring
+every week that all mean delay. Sometimes when
+the delays are totalled up they equal nearly half a
+day, and in one summer that means a long delay,
+a matter perhaps of two weeks. That two weeks
+is sufficient to spoil the contract and take all the
+profit away, but more than that, it means a loss of
+capital invested, for I happen to know that your
+father is cutting under a contract that provides a
+heavy penalty for failure to deliver goods as they
+are called for.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry debated with himself for a few moments,
+wondering whether or not to take Howells into his
+confidence and enlist his help. He realized that
+Howells, if he were honest as he seemed, would be
+an invaluable aid in discovering what the trouble at
+the camp was. His knowledge of timbering was
+extensive, Garry could see that with half an eye,
+and Garry understood that he and his chums could
+see lots of things happening right under their noses
+and never guess the malicious significance of the
+happenings.</p>
+
+<p>As he thought, Mrs. Howells settled the question
+for him. Reaching down to one of the shelves
+in the library table about which they were sitting,
+she produced an album.</p>
+
+<p>“We are just old fashioned enough to have a family
+album,” she laughed. “I thought perhaps you
+would like to see a picture taken of your father a
+great many years ago,” and turning to one of the
+pages she showed Garry a picture that he recognized
+immediately. It showed his father with a
+sweet faced woman. “That is your father and Mr.
+Howells’ mother. She was his favorite cousin and
+she died a long time ago. This has always been in
+Arthur’s possession.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry remembered having seen a counterpart of
+the picture at home a long time ago, and he decided
+that the timber sealer was not claiming any false
+relationship.</p>
+
+<p>“I wonder how it is that we have never seen you
+before,” he asked, turning to Howells.</p>
+
+<p>“Easy, we went west when I was a youngster,
+and it was only this spring that we came back to
+Maine. I did not say anything about my relationship,
+for I want to go on my own hook. I am a graduate
+of a forestry school, and I wanted to get actual
+experience in the woods, which was why I asked
+for and received the position of timber sealer. I
+like to stand in my own shoes, and so I said nothing
+about my relationship to the manager at the camp.
+Then, too, I need money, as I have a small interest in
+a little tract of young timber, and I am paying on
+it a little at a time. By the time it is completely
+paid for it will be ready to cut, and there will be a
+handsome profit on the investment,” he answered.</p>
+
+<p>For a boy of his age, Garry was a pretty shrewd
+judge of character, and he had been sizing up young
+Howells while he was talking. So he made up his
+mind to take him into his confidence in a limited
+way, and so remarked:</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, my father does know that there is something
+wrong at the camp, but he cannot put his
+finger on the spot where the trouble is. Every time
+he visits the camp things go along as smooth as
+clockwork, but it is impossible to put in all this time
+at this one thing when he has so many other irons
+in the fire. We thought that perhaps we could visit
+the camp for a while and find out what is wrong,
+and report to him so that he could remedy the
+trouble. But after hearing your story of the attempted
+spiking, I am beginning to think that the
+job is almost too much for us to handle. That
+would have been something I would never have
+dreamed of, and if the enemies in the camp, for enemies
+there must be, know a trick like that, they must
+have a bagfull of others of which we know nothing.
+So you see that in a way we are helpless, and I am
+going to ask that you aid us in this. I can promise
+for my father that in case your aid is instrumental
+in locating the trouble that it will not be forgotten.
+What do you say? Will you help us?”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed I will,” and Howells thrust forward his
+hand. “You can count on me to the last ditch!”</p>
+
+<p>“Thanks,” said Garry as he took the proffered
+hand. “Now there is one thing to do, and that is
+to make sure that Baptiste LeBlanc is not in these
+parts any more, for wherever the name of LeBlanc
+gets hitched up with us there is trouble brewing!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER IV<br/>THE PERIL OF THE CIRCUS</h2>
+
+<p>Mrs. Howells pressed the boys to remain for
+supper, saying they would find it much more pleasant
+to eat in the house than to cook by the roadside
+somewhere. It had got quite dark at this time, and
+so they decided to accept the invitation so cordially
+given.</p>
+
+<p>The fine meal was soon served, and as they ate,
+Garry told of some of their adventures with Jean
+LeBlanc, in order to explain why they were so
+startled when that name was first mentioned by
+Howells.</p>
+
+<p>Supper over they talked for some time and then
+Garry proposed to his chums that they get their
+packs and journey on for a bit till they could find
+a place to throw their blankets for the night.</p>
+
+<p>The Howells protested vigorously at this, but
+could offer them nothing as their cottage was not
+large enough to accommodate them.</p>
+
+<p>The boys laughed and said they were so used to
+sleeping in the open that it would never hurt them.
+“If you are bound to sleep outdoors you can use
+the back yard or you can spread your blankets on
+the living room floor,” said Howells. “One can take
+the couch there. You’ll have to toss for it, though.”</p>
+
+<p>After much pressure the boys decided to do this,
+and accordingly goodnights were said. It was a
+custom of the boys to draw lots to settle all arguments,
+so hustling into the kitchen Garry raided
+the broom of three straws of unequal length and
+then brought them back for his chums to draw.</p>
+
+<p>Dick was the lucky chap to get the couch. With
+a grin he spread his blankets and remarked to the
+others that he hoped the floor would not be too hard.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the diff?” inquired Phil. “There isn’t
+much difference between the ground and a floor
+and we aren’t in the woods so we can’t cut branches
+to make one of nature’s mattresses with. Stop
+your chatter. I’m off to sleep,” and indeed he was
+in a few moments.</p>
+
+<p>To Garry however, sleep did not come so easily
+for he was thinking of the events of the evening,
+and wondering what he and his chums could do
+to checkmate the schemes of the unknown enemies
+that were causing all the trouble at the lumber camp.
+But Garry was a healthy growing boy, and not to
+be denied his sleep, so soon he consigned the cares
+of the day to oblivion and in a few moments was
+fast asleep.</p>
+
+<p>Howells was up before the boys, and started the
+coffee, and in a few moments his wife was downstairs
+and busying herself about the breakfast. They
+let the boys sleep until it was almost ready, then
+awoke them. The boys protested against all the
+trouble they were causing their hosts, but their protests
+were only half hearted for the smell of the
+boiling coffee and the frying bacon were so tempting
+that it would have taken a team of horses to
+drive them away without eating.</p>
+
+<p>Breakfast over, they took their leave, first inquiring
+about the way that lay ahead. They found that
+they would go nearly twenty-five miles before coming
+to another town, as the way ran through the
+last of the farming country before striking the edge
+of the big timber country.</p>
+
+<p>“The camp is ten miles or so beyond the village
+that you will come to, and it will take you at least
+a day to get to the village, so you will not reach
+the camp until nearly noon of tomorrow. There’s
+a good chance that you will get a lift, however, for
+there is a circus there today, and you should find a
+great many people on the road. Don’t be bashful
+about hailing them and asking for a lift. It is a
+customary thing to do in this part of the country.
+I will see you in a couple of days, as I will go back
+on duty at the camp then,” said Howells.</p>
+
+<p>“Just one thing if you don’t mind,” interposed
+Garry. “When you come to the camp, do not let
+on that you are already acquainted with us, because
+if we are to work together we can do a lot better if
+there is no inkling of our acquaintance.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a good idea, and that way it’ll be,”
+agreed Howells.</p>
+
+<p>“What say, let’s take this in a hurry and see how
+many miles we can cover this morning,” suggested
+Dick.</p>
+
+<p>The others stopped short in their tracks.</p>
+
+<p>“Listen, Phil, unstrap your canteen while I feel
+his pulse. There’s something the matter with Dick.
+He wants to hurry. If it was later in the day I
+would say that he had been a bit touched by the
+sun, but it is early and cool, and I think he is just
+sick,” said Garry solicitously.</p>
+
+<p>“Lazy Dick wants to hurry!” ejaculated Phil in
+amazement. “What’s the big idea?”</p>
+
+<p>Dick turned red and lunged at his chums. He
+was used to their ragging him on account of his
+willingness to take the easiest way of doing things.
+Of course they knew that he never shirked his duty
+when called upon, and they never questioned his
+bravery at any time, but he always got so fussed
+when they ragged him about his weight and his
+easy way of taking life, that they never let an opportunity
+pass to tease him about it. After a short
+scuffle, they stopped laughing and Garry said:</p>
+
+<p>“Seriously, Dick, why do you want to hurry?
+We are well up on our schedule and you don’t need
+to rush like mad.”</p>
+
+<p>“I just wanted to see what we could do if we
+had to,” said Dick; “and furthermore, I wanted to
+show you for once that I could walk as fast and as
+long as either of you chaps, that’s all. Let’s go.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick set off at a swinging pace, and kept it up.
+The boys fell in and kept pace with him, thinking
+that he would soon tire of it; but when they had
+covered three miles, and Dick had not abated a whit
+his speed, Garry and Phil saw that he was in earnest.
+Not to be outdone by him, they bent to their
+walking and made excellent time. They were passing
+a barn, when suddenly Garry stopped dead
+short, gave a shout and then fell to laughter with
+all his might. This time it was Dick’s turn to
+assume a sarcastic attitude, and make side remarks
+to Phil. Finally when Garry had controlled his
+laughter so that he could speak, he said to Phil:</p>
+
+<p>“What do you think of me for a regular little
+Sherlock Holmes? I’ve found out why Dick is trying
+to set a pedestrian record this morning. Just
+look at that barn!”</p>
+
+<p>Phil took one look at the glaring posters pasted
+on the wall, then gave a shout.</p>
+
+<p>“Aha, the boy wants to go to the circus!”</p>
+
+<p>“Marvelous,” grunted Dick. “Own up, wouldn’t
+you fellows like to see it yourself?”</p>
+
+<p>The boys teased him for a few minutes, then
+they perceived that there was method in Dick’s
+madness and they decided that it would be good fun
+to see the circus if they could get there on time.</p>
+
+<p>“Only reason I wanted you chaps to hurry a little
+was because I figured that if we covered a good
+number of miles we would get to a point where people
+would be on the way to the circus and we could
+get a lift and arrive in time to see the show this
+afternoon. Then we could get another start right
+after it let out, and so fix it as to arrive at the camp
+fairly early in the morning, covering our last ten
+miles while it was early and cool,” he explained.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s pretty good dope at that, Dick. Let’s
+go. We’ll see the circus and not waste any time
+doing it, either.” And Garry set the pace as he finished
+talking.</p>
+
+<p>They stopped at noon and prepared a hasty lunch
+by the side of the road, after Dick had stopped at
+a farm house and had his canteen filled with fresh
+milk.</p>
+
+<p>By this time scores of automobiles and teams
+were on the road, but practically every one of them
+was filled to overflowing with adults and children,
+all presumably bound for the circus. Finishing
+their meal, they rested fifteen minutes, then Garry,
+glancing at his watch, remarked: “We have still
+ten miles to go, and it is now half-past twelve. The
+circus probably begins at half-past two, so that unless
+we get a ride we won’t get there in time to see
+the show. We couldn’t cover the ten miles in two
+hours, especially after having come as far as we
+have this morning.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’m going to see that circus, though, even if we
+have to wait for the evening performance,” announced
+Dick. “What do you fellows think?”</p>
+
+<p>“I guess it would be all right,” answered Garry.
+“There is no life or death matter to make us arrive
+early in the morning at the camp, so we might as
+well take it easy for the rest of the way.” Luck was
+with them, however, for they had gone little more
+than a mile when they heard a car coming behind
+them. It proved to contain only a single occupant
+who, as he neared the boys, slowed down and asked
+if they did not want a ride. They were unanimous
+in their answer.</p>
+
+<p>“On the way to the circus?” asked the driver.</p>
+
+<p>“We’re going beyond that, but we thought that
+we would stop and see it if we reached there on
+time, otherwise we would have seen the evening
+performance.”</p>
+
+<p>“Lucky thing that I came along and happen to
+be going to that place myself then,” chuckled the
+driver, “for there isn’t going to be any evening
+show. You see I happen to be connected with the
+circus, and we have such a long jump for tomorrow’s
+show that we cannot give a performance here
+tonight.”</p>
+
+<p>“Good thing you came along then, for if we had
+walked all this distance for nothing, I would have
+given up in disgust,” remarked Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“How far have you come?” asked the circus
+man.</p>
+
+<p>“We left Hilton this morning,” answered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>The driver looked somewhat incredulous at this
+statement, then sizing up the appearance of the
+boys, who were wearing their customary khaki
+semi-uniform that they used as Rangers in the forest,
+decided that they were hiking for the summer
+and probably used to walking good distances in a
+short time.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you chaps doing, walking across the
+state or something?”</p>
+
+<p>Garry explained that they were forest rangers
+off duty temporarily and were bound for a lumber
+camp to pay it a visit.</p>
+
+<p>As they drove along they asked several questions
+about the circus and circus life, and considerably
+amused the man by referring to many things in a
+way that circus people did not. The circus man told
+them of the many strange phrases employed by circus
+people, and the boys learned much of the talk
+of the circus.</p>
+
+<p>They found, for instance, that circus people never
+speak of the tent. It is always called a top. There
+are the big top and the little tops. The only thing
+on the circus lot to be called a tent is the cook tent.</p>
+
+<p>Several of the names applied to the performers
+were amusing. A clown is always called a joy, and
+if he is a new man with the circus he is called a
+First of May, because it is on that date that many
+contracts are made in the circus. Acrobats are
+called kinkers, and the people who do work on the
+high trapeze are called casters, and their work is
+called a casting act.</p>
+
+<p>“Then there is the high diver, only we call it a
+tank diving act. You won’t see that this afternoon,
+for the diver fell a couple of days ago and broke his
+arm. Funny; he’s been diving forty feet into an
+eight foot tank for several years, and never got a
+scratch, and then he slips on a banana peeling and
+breaks his arm. It’s too bad, too, for the diving act
+always goes big in these small towns. I’d give
+twenty-five dollars for a diver this afternoon,” concluded
+the man.</p>
+
+<p>“Hand over the twenty-five,” said Dick suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>“What do you mean,” asked the circus man in
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>“Just that you give me the twenty-five dollars
+and I’ll do your high dive for you this afternoon.”</p>
+
+<p>The circus man looked at the other two boys as
+if he doubted his ears, and Garry and Phil immediately
+assured them that Dick was a first class swimmer
+and diver.</p>
+
+<p>“Forty feet is not so much to Dick. He’s often
+done better than that in the river at home,” Garry
+told the circus man.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, but you want to remember that this is an
+eight foot square tank, and only eight feet deep,”
+he told Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s nothing, I’ll turn easily in eight feet.
+Have done it in a little less,” Dick assured him.</p>
+
+<p>“All right. I’ll take you to see the owner when
+we get there, and he and you can fix things up.
+He’ll be glad to pay you that amount for the work,
+for it’s a big attraction and we have advertised it a
+lot. That’s my business with the circus—to do the
+advertising.”</p>
+
+<p>In a little less than half an hour they had arrived
+at the circus lot, and true to his word, the advertising
+man carried Dick round to the ticket wagon and
+introduced him to the manager and owner.</p>
+
+<p>It took Dick but a short time to convince the
+owner that he could dive, particularly when he
+offered to give an exhibition for him before the
+show started. The only thing that the manager
+insisted on was that Dick sign a statement relieving
+the circus from any responsibility in case any
+accident occurred.</p>
+
+<p>Dick readily signed this, and then promising to
+be back in a short time to get some tights and get
+dressed, they wandered around the lot. They left
+their rifles and knapsacks in the ticket wagon, but
+Garry kept his lariat with him.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the idea?” asked Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“There’s very little chance of anything happening,
+but I don’t want any of those riders to walk
+off with this lariat by mistake,” he replied.</p>
+
+<p>This decided the boys to keep theirs with them
+also, and accordingly they slung them over one
+shoulder. Several curious glances were cast at
+them as they wandered from show to show. The
+owner had given them passes to everything, and
+they didn’t waste any of them.</p>
+
+<p>Soon a bugle was heard blowing and in a moment
+they met the advertising man who informed them
+that called all the performers to be ready in a few
+moments. “Your act will be the fourth on the program,
+so you’d better go and get your togs on and
+be ready,” he told Dick.</p>
+
+<p>Garry and Phil elected to go to their seats and
+watch their chum do his act with the rest of the
+spectators.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll come and hunt you up as soon as I do the
+dive and collect that twenty-five good old dollars.
+I can use it very nicely one of these days,” Dick
+said as he turned to follow the circus man to the
+dressing place.</p>
+
+<p>While the circus was a small one, it boasted of
+rather better things than the average road circus,
+and among other things was a fairly good menagerie.
+Garry and Phil looked at all the animals as
+they passed through to the “big top.”</p>
+
+<p>Two cages contained unusually fine specimens of
+lions, and near one was a caretaker, waiting for the
+lions to be taken into the big performing cage, after
+which he would clean the cage and have it ready on
+the shaggy maned animal’s return from the ring.</p>
+
+<p>“Wicked looking beast, isn’t he,” Garry remarked
+to the man who stood near the cage.</p>
+
+<p>“He is that, boss,” answered the man. “He’s a
+a new one, and we don’t know him very well. We
+had a nice old chap before him, too old and tired
+and toothless to do any harm, but this one is young
+and vicious. The trainer has a lot of trouble with
+him, too.”</p>
+
+<p>A sound of band music made the boys hurry to
+their seats, and soon the “Grand entry” was on.</p>
+
+<p>Several of the usual acts were put on, and then
+razorbacks, as the circus workers are called, pulled
+away some of the planking of the platform in the
+center of the arena, disclosing a tank filled with
+water.</p>
+
+<p>Soon the boys espied Dick advancing to the platform,
+his chubby body enclosed in a glaring red
+bathing suit. He mounted to the tank, and the
+chums could see him gazing about trying to locate
+them, but this he failed to do.</p>
+
+<p>The ringmaster made a short speech, telling a lot
+of stuff about Dick that made the chums grin.</p>
+
+<p>“Guess one has to be a blood relation of Ananias
+to be a ringmaster,” laughed Garry. “The only
+diving Dick has ever done before the crowned
+heads of Europe was before they were crowned.”</p>
+
+<p>After the laudatory speech, Dick climbed up the
+high ladder and stood perched on the little square
+platform at the top. As he had been told to do
+outside the big top, he dropped a handkerchief
+which slowly fluttered down to the ground below.
+This is an old trick of high divers and is done
+merely to accentuate the distance.</p>
+
+<p>Then the drummer started a long ruffle, and casting
+one downward look, Dick tipped off the platform.
+Both Phil and Garry were just a trifle nervous
+as he leaped, although they were well aware
+of his ability.</p>
+
+<p>But Dick hit the water as clean as a knife, and it
+was only a matter of seconds before he appeared on
+the surface of the water and climbed out dripping.
+A mighty round of applause was given not only for
+the fact that he had made a fine dive, but his youth
+made him popular with the audience.</p>
+
+<p>The acts went on, and in a little while Dick came
+wandering into the tent. The boys hailed him as
+he neared the place where they were sitting, and in
+a trice he had climbed up the rattling board seats to
+a place beside his chums.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I got my twenty-five, and we’ll have a
+party with it some time. Also, I received an offer
+to stay with the circus, which, naturally, I turned
+down. So you see, Phil, you are not the only one
+to have jobs offered them.” He alluded to the time
+that a big league baseball scout had offered a contract
+to Phil after seeing him pitch one game at
+Commencement time at high school in his home
+town. The music stopped and the ringmaster made
+his customary speech about the next act, which was
+the lion taming act.</p>
+
+<p>The music had just started again, when there
+was a piercing shriek from a woman, and then some
+one screamed:</p>
+
+<p>“The lion is loose!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER V<br/>EXTRA ENEMIES</h2>
+
+<p>Hundreds of people joined in the shrieking, and
+a stampede from the seats started. Scores were
+trampled. The music had stopped for an instant
+until the leader, true to tradition, called the men to
+order, and the musicians swung into a stirring
+march. Circus hands, aided by the performers who
+were on the platforms and in the rings, ran to the
+sides of the tracks and endeavored to keep the people
+in their seats.</p>
+
+<p>The three chums were aghast for a minute, then
+Phil and Dick instinctively turned to Garry to see
+what he would do. Garry had taken one look and
+saw the beast at the far end of the tent, lashing his
+tail and surveying the crowd, as though making up
+its mind as to what course to pursue.</p>
+
+<p>The boys saw that Garry was hastily slipping his
+lasso from his shoulder, and in a moment they had
+understood what he was going to attempt, and followed
+suit.</p>
+
+<p>“Now fellows, let’s try it. We may save a lot
+of lives. I’ll try for his head, and you two try for
+a foot each. I think we can catch him all right.
+Let’s go!” and Garry led the way.</p>
+
+<p>Calling to everyone to sit still as they ran, and
+swinging their lariats over their heads, they struggled
+to the ground. Several people seeing them
+make their way there, thought that it was perhaps
+a part of the circus, and began to shout to each
+other that it was a feature of the program. The
+sight of the three boys making their way fearlessly
+toward the beast did more than anything else to
+quiet the people. Many sat back in their seats,
+although others were escaping under the canvas
+wall of the tent.</p>
+
+<p>It was to Phil, however, that the greatest honor
+was to come. As he ran, swinging one arm, his
+hand hit against a pocket in his coat, and he felt a
+hard lump within. In an instant he remembered
+that he bought pepper the day before to replenish
+the condiment can that he generally carried in his
+knapsack, but had not thought to take it out and
+transfer the contents from the package to the can.
+He reached into his pocket and brought out the can.
+Hastily opening the top, he kept on his way toward
+the lion, holding the package out in front of him.
+The chums approached within a few feet of the
+lion, who was showing signs of springing suddenly
+at them. The effect of the boys’ advance on him
+was to make him forget the crowds and center all
+his attention on those that were nearest him—the
+chums.</p>
+
+<p>The boys stopped short and were swinging their
+lariats, when suddenly Phil darted ahead almost up
+to the lion, and, with a well directed aim, emptied
+the contents of the pepper package straight on the
+eyes of the lion.</p>
+
+<p>The infuriated beast gave a roar of pain and
+sprang, then fell to earth and stuck a great paw into
+his eyes, as though to rub away the torturing stuff
+that was blinding him.</p>
+
+<p>Garry, quick-witted, divined what Phil had done,
+and at the same moment that the lion struck the
+ground, ran forward and threw the noose of the
+lariat over the animal’s head.</p>
+
+<p>The animal was nearly helpless, owing to its inability
+to see, and in another moment the boys had
+the rest of their lariats noosed about his feet.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the trainer and a number of the circus
+helpers had arrived on the scene, and, dashing
+in, they tied the lariats securely about the animal’s
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>The crowd seeing that the animal was securely
+fastened and helpless, first breathed a sigh of relief
+and then became suddenly quiet. Many still thought
+it was a part of the program, but a majority felt
+sure that it was a striking piece of bravery that they
+had just witnessed.</p>
+
+<p>Then cheer on cheer rolled through the tent, as
+the audience applauded the brave trio of chums. All
+the foregoing had taken much less time than the
+minutes necessary to describe it. In a moment the
+owner came puffing on the scene, and when he saw
+who had accomplished the capture, he was speechless
+for the moment.</p>
+
+<p>Then he said to the chums, as they stood watching
+the animal being loaded into its cage:</p>
+
+<p>“This is twice today that you boys have done me
+a good turn, but this second time far outmatches
+the first. Will you please come back to the ticket
+wagon with me.” Then to the menagerie head,
+who had joined them: “I’d like you to come, too,
+please, Jones.”</p>
+
+<p>The little group made its way to the ticket office,
+where the owner first asked for an account of how
+the beast had made its escape.</p>
+
+<p>“The only man who can tell you that is the roustabout
+who cleans the animal’s cage. He was gashed
+by the lion evidently as its escape was being made,
+and that and very likely a heart stroke killed him
+quickly. I think perhaps he thought it was near
+time for the transfer to the arena cage to be made
+and had unlocked the cage door, and the lion
+pushed its way out, sir,” said Jones.</p>
+
+<p>The manager was silent for a moment. Then
+he said:</p>
+
+<p>“No one can know how sorry I am that the man
+lost his life, but I am thankful that the lion did no
+other damage, either by starting a great panic or
+by attacking some one of the audience. As for you
+boys, I propose to make you a substantial reward.”</p>
+
+<p>“I assure you, sir,” began Garry, “we have no
+thought of any reward for doing what we did. It
+was luck on our part that enabled us to lasso him,
+and we get our satisfaction in knowing that we perhaps
+saved a great many lives.”</p>
+
+<p>“I hope you will accept something as a recompense
+for your services. Had the lion done great
+damage, I would have had to pay out many thousands
+of dollars,” insisted the owner.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us ask you one question first. Was the
+workman that was killed a family man?” asked
+Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“I can tell you that in a minute.” Turning to the
+ticket seller, he told him to look the man up. A
+record of all the workers with their home addresses
+was kept in a card index and in a moment the ticket
+seller had ascertained that the dead man had a wife
+living in a small town in New York State.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course we will take care of the widow, as
+we have every worker insured, and then the
+management always adds to the insurance,” said the
+head of the circus.</p>
+
+<p>“Then I wish that you would just take whatever
+you had thought of offering us in the way of a
+reward and add to the amount. I think my chums
+agree with me that this is the best thing that could
+be done. Is that right?” and Garry turned to his
+friends. Both Dick and Phil were emphatic in their
+agreement.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, if that is the way you boys feel about it,
+I will do so, but I will find some way to show you
+that I appreciate the great service that you have
+done me.”</p>
+
+<p>The owner asked them several other questions
+and took their names and addresses, and again he
+offered to take the boys along with them on the
+tour. Of course they refused, explaining that they
+were of the Ranger Service of the State and were
+only on detached duty at the time.</p>
+
+<p>They remained for supper at the cook tent, and
+watched the circus torn down and loaded in the
+teams preparatory to travelling to the next stop.</p>
+
+<p>After a hearty goodbye from the manager and
+owner they took their leave, and hiking beyond the
+town spread their blankets for the night.</p>
+
+<p>They woke with the rising of the sun, and building
+a fire soon had coffee, spider bread and bacon
+going, and made a hearty breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>“According to my reckoning we are about ten
+miles from the camp, and the woods will begin in
+about a mile or two, so we had better get going. It
+is now six o’clock and with three hours of easy hiking
+we will make our destination,” said Garry.
+“Now I think we ought to hold a council of war
+as to how we shall conduct ourselves when we get
+to the camp. I think it best that we just go to the
+manager and tell him we are going to camp there
+for awhile, either right at the lumber camp, or a
+short distance in the woods. Of course we shall
+give no inkling of the nature of our visit, not even
+to the manager, at least until we have sized him up.
+To my mind, everyone will be under suspicion until
+he has proven that the suspicion is unfounded. We
+can go all over the camp and keep our eyes open,
+getting all the information we can. When we ask
+questions we should ask them simply as though it
+were from idle curiosity. I figure that in a short
+time we ought to be able to tell who is acting suspiciously
+and then bend all our efforts to watch
+them and frustrate any mischief that they may be
+up to. We shall, of course, get a lot of help from
+Howells when he arrives, but even then I think we
+ought to do everything possible ourselves to find
+out what is the trouble at the camp.”</p>
+
+<p>They walked steadily but easily, and true to their
+reckoning arrived at the camp a little after nine
+o’clock. The boys looked about them curiously.
+There were only three buildings, built of logs. One,
+the smallest, was evidently the officers’ bunkhouse
+and offices; the other was apparently the cookhouse,
+for the boys could see a youth sitting on an upturned
+tub in front of the door peeling potatoes, and
+a thin wisp of smoke issued from the chimney.
+Since it was mid-summer and hot, there would be
+no need for a stove in any place but the kitchen.
+The third house was a long, low log affair, bigger
+by far than either of the others. This they decided
+was the bunk house, where the lumberjacks lived.</p>
+
+<p>They made their way to the office and inquired
+for the manager. On hearing the word “manager,”
+a thin, sharpfaced man approached them, and giving
+them a hasty glance, said in a sharp tone:</p>
+
+<p>“If you’re here to ask for permission to camp on
+this tract you’re out of luck. This is a lumber operation
+and not a free camp site for every fool from
+the city.”</p>
+
+<p>“Just a minute, please. Hadn’t you better find out
+our business before you make up your mind as to
+what you will or won’t do?” asked Garry, as an
+angry red flush overspread his face. Garry was an
+extremely civil boy, and expected others to be the
+same, and when he received uncourteous attention
+was apt to resent it deeply.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, what do you want?” asked the manager,
+still in an ungracious tone.</p>
+
+<p>“My name is Boone, and the owner of these cuttings
+happens to be my father. Didn’t you get a
+letter from him telling of our expected arrival?”</p>
+
+<p>A great change came over the manner of the
+manager. A smirking smile took the place of the
+frown and he advanced with outstretched hand.</p>
+
+<p>“I hope you will pardon me. I have been bothered
+to death for the past few days by summer
+campers asking to pitch tents and build cabins and
+what not on the cutting, and I thought from your
+appearance that you boys were more of the same
+tribe,” he said with an attempt to smooth out the
+awkward situation and make up by a show of cordiality
+the blunder he realized he had made.</p>
+
+<p>Privately, Garry thought him very ill-mannered
+and felt he should have made more inquiries before
+showing his temper. Still he said nothing and
+accepted the hand of the manager, who said his
+name was Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>Garry then introduced his chums and explained
+that they intended to stay awhile and camp somewhere
+in the vicinity and watch the lumbering as
+well as getting some fishing.</p>
+
+<p>“I understand that there are two lakes in the
+neighborhood,” remarked Garry, “and so we ought
+to get some good fishing.” At the mention of the
+word lakes, Barrows looked sharply at the boys,
+then said:</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, yes, you will get plenty of fishing, but you
+will find that the small lake to the west of here is
+better than the big one that lies to the north of us.
+The state stocked the little lake sometime ago by
+special request of your father, and I hear there are
+some very good bass and pickerel to be found there.
+The reports about the larger lake are not so encouraging.
+Also there are two or three small streams,—brooks
+perhaps it would be better to call them,—where
+you will find some excellent trout. Then at
+the small lake there is a good stretch of sandy beach
+where you can swim whenever you want to. Altogether
+you will find the small lake is the most likely
+place for a summer playground.”</p>
+
+<p>For a moment Garry wondered at the insistence
+of the manager in always bringing the “small” lake
+into the conversation, but dismissed the matter with
+the thought that the manager was simply trying to
+make amends for his ungraciousness of the previous
+moment by showing them where they could best enjoy
+themselves. Later he was to find that he was
+mistaken.</p>
+
+<p>The manager asked them what they intended to
+do for living quarters. “I am sorry that I can’t
+offer you quarters in the bunkhouse here, but they
+are just built to accommodate the officers of the
+camp; that is myself, the sealer, the timekeeper
+and the bookkeeper. Of course you would not want
+to live in the bunkhouse with the men, for they are
+a rough lot. All I can suggest is that we makeshift
+for you some way and I will send to town and dig
+up a tent for you.”</p>
+
+<p>“If you will just loan us an axe apiece, and tell
+us which spot we can cut a little timber from, we
+can throw ourselves up a cabin in a short time, so
+don’t bother about a tent. If necessary we can sleep
+in the open till we get our shack fixed up,” answered
+Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I can do better than that. I can let you
+have a couple or three men to help you and do the
+work if you can direct them as to the kind of cabin
+you want.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t want to take any of the men away from
+their work,” Garry told him, “but if we could have
+two or three for a few minutes to help us throw up
+the cabin after we cut the stuff it would help
+greatly.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will go and mark out some of the trees that
+you can cut. There is a small growth here that
+isn’t exceptionally good lumber, it's rather scrubby,
+but will do very well for a cabin. I’ll have to go
+myself, for I left the cruiser go a few days to do
+some business he had waiting him, and I have been
+scaling myself. In fact I do that often. Whenever
+he is cruising to mark trees for cutting I do the
+measuring and that saves a lot of time, also it saves
+the pay of an extra man. You ought to have a
+good bit done by noontime and then after dinner I
+will detail a couple of men to help you,” and the
+manager led the way to the cookhouse, where there
+were several extra axes.</p>
+
+<p>When they arrived at the cookhouse, they looked
+about with quite a bit of curiosity. Two great
+ranges stood at one end of the kitchen, and on one
+of the ranges were two enormous kettles. The boys
+could smell appetizing pea soup and judged that one
+of the kettles contained this.</p>
+
+<p>The cook was an enormous man with a pair of
+fierce black moustaches, and the one man on the
+whole range who was regarded as being just a little
+bit better than the boss or even the owner of the
+timber tract. Lumberjacks always took care never
+to pick a quarrel with him, and this went the same
+for the manager and the camp officers.</p>
+
+<p>This is the same in every logging camp, for a
+cook can pay up any grievances by cooking the food
+in an inferior fashion. Camp owners and managers
+always pay the greatest attention to the sort of man
+they pick for this position, for while in a lumber
+camp, there is never a widely varied menu, it must
+be well cooked and plentiful.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing will drive the men away from a camp
+quicker than poor cooking.</p>
+
+<p>The manager introduced the boys to the cook,
+who shook hands with them, offering a hairy hand
+which the chums privately thought resembled a
+ham. For all his fierce looks he proved to be a
+genial chap, and the three boys wondered whether
+he was one of the ring of trouble makers or not.
+They reserved any decision in their own minds to
+await future developments, but they had decided
+that everyone was under suspicion until he proved
+that he was clear of any blame in the mysterious
+occurrences that retarded progress at the lumber
+camp.</p>
+
+<p>In every camp there is a cookee, as the helper to
+the cook is universally called. His duty is to peel
+potatoes, wash dishes, wait on the table—rather
+set the tables than wait, for everything is piled on
+at the beginning of the meal, and the only helping
+that is done is when a dish has to be re-filled.</p>
+
+<p>The cookee was a surly looking chap of about
+twenty-one years of age. He was slight of build
+and had violent red hair. He just mumbled a word
+or two when he was introduced, and went on with
+his work, which was slicing bread for the dinner
+hour that was near at hand. Garry and his friends
+mentally put him down as one that might bear
+watching as soon as they had located themselves.</p>
+
+<p>While the manager was asking the cook about
+borrowing a couple of the axes that were stacked
+in the corner, a black-browed chap came to the door
+and asked for a pail of water to take out to where
+several of the men were trimming trees. The
+cookee brought the water and stepped outside with
+the man. Garry and Phil were talking with the
+manager and the cook, but Phil happened to be
+standing near the door.</p>
+
+<p>He heard the sound of talking in the French
+language and strained his ears to catch what was
+being said. Phil was not eavesdropping because of
+a natural desire to do so; it was merely that he was
+on the watch every moment for a possible clue that
+would lead them to the solution that they were in
+quest of,—the riddle of the mishaps at the lumber
+camp.</p>
+
+<p>What Phil heard was this:</p>
+
+<p>“Baptiste will be at the usual place at midnight
+tonight.”</p>
+
+<p>Phil determined then and there that he would be
+at the rendezvous, wherever it was, and hear what
+transpired. He could hardly wait to get the others
+with him so that he could impart to them the information
+that he had just overheard.</p>
+
+<p>He hoped that something else would be said, but
+at this moment the cook called for his helper, who
+came hustling back into the shanty, and went about
+preparing for the serving of the dinner.</p>
+
+<p>Phil went back to join his chums just in time to
+hear the manager say:</p>
+
+<p>“Unless you boys want the fun of throwing up a
+log house, I would suggest a much easier and
+quicker way. You can cut enough poles for the
+supports of the house, and then I’ll have some
+sawed boards brought to the spot. Also there is
+some tarred paper here that was brought here when
+the camp started just for such an emergency. That
+would mean that you could be all located before
+nightfall. As for heat, I have a Sibley stove, one
+of those small ones such as they use in army camps
+for tents, that will do very well. It isn’t likely that
+you will want it often, for we are in the hottest part
+of the summer, and only on a cold, wet night will
+you require heat. You won’t be here such a long
+time, I presume, and we are in for a spell of good
+weather according to the cook here, who is the camp
+weather prophet.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry thought for a moment, and wondered what
+made the manager presume they would be there
+only a short time. He was anxious to get going
+about the camp as soon as possible and see what
+there was to pick up in the way of information, so
+he decided that the board house would do as well as
+one built entirely of logs.</p>
+
+<p>“That is a fine suggestion and we will accept.
+Building a hut is nothing new to us, and we are
+anxious to begin fishing and wandering about, so if
+you will show us where we can cut enough good
+heavy saplings for supports, we will start right at
+it. We can have them cut and in place before dinner
+and then the men can bring us the boards after
+dinner and we will be all shipshape by nightfall,”
+said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“I think that is the best thing to do,” the manager
+answered. “It is about an hour to dinner time,
+and you will have ample time to do all that can be
+done this forenoon.”</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Barrows led the way to a spot near
+the camp, where there was a clump of saplings that
+were not big enough to be used for sawed lumber.</p>
+
+<p>“You might as well pitch your shanty here as
+anywhere, and it will save you from dragging your
+saplings to any great distance. I’ll gash each of the
+saplings that you will need. You will only want
+ten as I figure it.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, we will want twelve so that we may have a
+window,” interposed Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a fact,” answered the manager, looking
+sharply at Garry. “I see that you know rather a
+bit about shanty building. Do you know much about
+logging operations? I suppose you do, however,
+since you are of a family that has always made logging
+a business.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry felt that the manager was asking this question
+for a purpose, but he promptly answered:</p>
+
+<p>“No, we know very little about logging, surprising
+as that may seem, since as you say it ought to
+run in the blood. About the only thing we understand
+about timbering operations is the log drive in
+the spring. We were up once to watch the fight for
+the river, and had a mighty exciting time, but the
+entire business is something new to all of us.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry finished speaking and then looked sharply
+but guardedly at Barrows. He thought he noticed
+a relieved expression on the face of the manager.</p>
+
+<p>The three boys set about felling the saplings,
+swinging their axes with a sure arm and hand.
+Barrows lingered to watch them at work, although
+Phil was on tenterhooks to have him get away in
+order that he might impart to his chums the information
+that he had gained from the sentence he
+had overheard at the cook shanty.</p>
+
+<p>The poles being cut, four of them were erected
+in an upright manner to form the main support of
+the house. At the tops of these, four more were
+placed horizontally to support the roof. Then in
+the center of the front, two were erected to form the
+sides of the door, while at a side two others, in vertical
+position, allowed the making of a window.</p>
+
+<p>Still the manager made no show of leaving until
+fortunately for Phil, who would have almost exploded
+had he been forced to keep silent any longer,
+he was called by the red headed cookee.</p>
+
+<p>“Now quick fellows, while I have a chance to tell
+you. I have found one of the traitors in the camp;
+it is the cookee. He is going to meet some one tonight
+to hatch something out, and you chaps have
+one guess as to who it is.”</p>
+
+<p>“Barrows?” hazarded Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“Wrong. Baptiste LeBlanc!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VI<br/>THE LUMBER CAMP</h2>
+
+<p>“The LeBlancs again!” exploded Garry. “I
+thought that we had seen the last of that outfit. It
+seems that we are destined to run afoul of them.
+Fortunately this Baptiste does not know about us,
+unless he has run across his brother lately. That
+does not seem likely, for Jean is safely beyond the
+border still. There are few places where he is safe,
+for he is wanted in several different parts of the
+state. Still we must not take anything for granted.
+We probably were seen by Baptiste when we were
+instrumental in saving Howells from a bad beating
+or worse the other night.”</p>
+
+<p>“How are we going to find out where the rendezvous
+is tonight?” asked Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“It seems to me that the best thing to do is to
+keep watch of the red headed cookee; that is, you
+two chaps do that, while I will watch for the man
+that told him of the appointment. You boys
+haven’t seen him, so you cannot keep on his trail.
+You can take turns keeping in the vicinity of the
+cookee. If possible you might try and make acquaintance
+with him, although I doubt if you will
+go very far, since he seems to be a surly sort of a
+chap. Still, there’s no harm in trying. When it
+comes time for the meeting, I should say that it
+would be best only for me to follow them. I can
+understand what they are saying, and one of us
+could follow unobserved, where three would be
+spotted in a minute. You chaps can plead to being
+tired after your hike and the work of building the
+shack, and that will give us a chance to get to the
+new shanty early, and so be unobserved.”</p>
+
+<p>At that moment they heard the sound of a tin
+pan being vigorously beaten with a stick, and immediately
+Dick set up a shout:</p>
+
+<p>“There’s the dinner signal, or my ears and stomach
+fail me.”</p>
+
+<p>“For once I am ready to eat a good big meal.
+You are not the only one with an appetite today,
+Dick,” said Garry, and the three raced for the
+cookhouse.</p>
+
+<p>As they neared the cook tent, they saw the lumberjacks
+piling towards the place to eat. They were
+a sizable group of men, brawny of arm and large of
+frame.</p>
+
+<p>Most of them gave the boys a curious glance as
+they flocked into the shanty. The boys thought
+that they were to eat in the common dining room,
+but found that they were to eat in a separate room
+that had been partitioned off from the large room.
+Here ate the manager, the timekeeper and cashier,
+and when he was present, the timber scaler.</p>
+
+<p>The food that was served them was the same as
+that given the men. Barrows explained this by saying
+that it kept the men in a better humor if they
+knew that the bosses were getting the same fare as
+they.</p>
+
+<p>“Lumberjacks are just like so many children,”
+Barrows said. “They are always on the lookout
+for something to quarrel about, and are almost as
+temperamental as grand opera stars. Just now
+work is scarce, so they keep better behaved; but in
+the winter time, when all the camps are going full
+blast, you have to be careful and treat them properly,
+else they will simply depart for some city
+where there is a woods agency and be sent off to
+another camp. That is one of the evils of lumbering,
+the agencies. They often try to breed trouble
+in the camps so that the men will quit. Then they
+pack them off to another logging tract and collect
+a commission from the camp owner for furnishing
+him with men. If this was winter I would think
+that was what was the trouble here.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry looked up in surprise. He had no idea
+that Barrows would admit that everything was not
+as it should be at the camp.</p>
+
+<p>He knew that the eyes of the manager were on
+him, nevertheless he felt that an answer was expected
+of him, or rather a question.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, is there anything the trouble at this camp?
+From what I’ve seen I should say that everyone
+was working busily and everything was lovely.”</p>
+
+<p>At this the manager brightened up considerably.
+It seemed to be that this was the kind of a remark
+that he was looking for, and he made haste to
+answer:</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, there is nothing radically wrong here, I
+only meant that occasionally there seemed to be a
+sort of dissatisfied air on the part of the men, but it
+may only be worry on my part.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry was certain that the entire conversation
+was brought about in a manner to delve into the
+feelings of the boys, and see how they regarded
+everything. Garry did not believe that their mission
+was penetrated, but thought that the guilty
+conscience of the manager would make him see an
+enemy in every person he did not know.</p>
+
+<p>The dinner was plain but good. It consisted of
+pea soup, potatoes, some roasted beef, and coffee.
+The fare at a lumber camp is anything but varied.
+The aforementioned articles, roast pork, stew and
+beans, with either white bread baked at the camp,
+or great slabs of johnny cake with molasses in lieu
+of syrup was the general thing. Coffee was served
+at every meal.</p>
+
+<p>“For breakfast we have bacon and toast and
+coffee in our dining room, because the men have all
+eaten and started for work by the time we are ready
+for breakfast,” said Barrows. “Now we will go
+into the other room, and I will give you boys a general
+introduction to the men. That will save you
+any annoyance when you go about the camp.”</p>
+
+<p>He led the way into the larger room, and stepping
+on a bench announced:</p>
+
+<p>“Men, these three boys are going to camp here
+for awhile. This one,” pointing to Garry, “is the
+son of the owner. The other two are his friends.
+I wanted you to meet them so that you may do all
+you can to make their visit here a good one.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry thought to himself, “Yes, you are also
+showing us to those in your crew so they will watch
+their step while we are around.” A good many of
+the men just sized the boys up, a few hollered good-natured
+remarks at them, while several pressed forward
+and shook the hands of the boys, remarking
+they had worked many years for Mr. Boone and
+were glad to meet his son and his friends.</p>
+
+<p>The three chums took especial care to fix these
+men in their minds, for the same thought came to
+them all,—that if trouble arose, it was likely that
+these men would prove loyal friends in need. Barrows
+detailed some of the men to bring back the
+necessary lumber for the shanty, and then the men
+went back to their work for the afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>Soon they heard a chugging sound and presently
+a tractor hove into sight, dragging a broad-wheeled
+cart on which was the lumber. The manager came
+up, leading a couple of men with some heavy rolls
+of tarred paper, and all was ready to build the
+shanty.</p>
+
+<p>Sandy, the big Airedale, was gravely watching
+the boys when the men with the tar paper arrived,
+and one of them seeing the dog, remarked:</p>
+
+<p>“How would you chaps like to go coon hunting
+tonight, that is if your pup will trail a coon?”</p>
+
+<p>This was just what the boys did not want to do
+that night, so Garry hastily made the excuse that
+they were tired from their march and the work of
+throwing up the shanty, but said they would be
+glad to go the following night.</p>
+
+<p>This seemed all right to the men, who proceeded
+to make friends with Sandy, that is as much as
+that sedate dog would let them, for an Airedale
+makes few friends outside of his own family circle.</p>
+
+<p>The work of putting up the shanty was done in a
+short time since there were so many workers, and
+the addition of two bunks made it complete.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows volunteered the information that there
+was a spare table in the office, and a bench and a
+couple of chairs that could be taken from the dining
+room.</p>
+
+<p>“Then all we have to do is to cut some balsam
+boughs for our bunks and we will be as snug as
+bugs in a rug,” announced Phil.</p>
+
+<p>Phil and Dick were dispatched to get the boughs,
+while Garry talked of inconsequential matters with
+Barrows until their return.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of the afternoon was spent in wandering
+about the cutting. It was a revelation to the
+boys, the sight of the great timber falling in the
+exact direction that it was wanted. The boys noted
+that the cut was made just as Howells had told
+them, and they wondered whether or not any spikes
+would be encountered.</p>
+
+<p>The felling of a tree is an interesting process.
+The swing begins on the side where the cutters do
+not want the tree to fall. Then when the saw is
+better than two-thirds of the way through the
+trees, the swampers or axemen take their stand at
+either side of the tree, and make a cut a trifle under
+the line where the saw is coming through. This is
+done to cause the tree to fall on that side. The
+axemen work like clockwork, using a double bitted
+axe,—that is one that has two blades,—and make
+the chips positively fly, one drawing his axe away
+just in time to let the other man make a blow. Just
+as the moment comes for the tree to fall, the cry
+of “tim-ber-r-r-r” is raised by one of the axemen
+and this is the signal for all to be out of the way
+as the great tree falls with a crash that shakes the
+ground for many feet around.</p>
+
+<p>Following the falling of the timber, the trimmers
+begin their work. Starting at the base end of the
+tree, one on each side, they walk up the sides of the
+fallen monarch of the forest, and trim the branches
+off as far as they are able. Many of the branches
+on the under side of the tree are broken in the fall,
+others are only splintered and many of them are
+just bent. A dozen men then seize their peavy
+sticks, as they are called in Maine, or cant dogs in
+some other places where lumbering is done, and roll
+the tree over. A peavy stick is a heavy pole about
+six feet long, with a sharp iron point at the end.
+About a foot from this point is attached a loose
+curved iron arm very much like one side of an ice-man’s
+tongs. This swings back and forth from the
+handle. The men prod the iron point into the trunk
+of the tree, and then catch the swinging end of the
+hook into the trunk. This gives them almost a
+handle to the tree, and the long pole furnishes them
+the necessary leverage. At a word from the man on
+the end, all give a mighty heave, and the tree is
+rolled over, when the remaining branches are
+lopped off.</p>
+
+<p>The lumberjacks are experts in the use of the
+peavy stick, and it is a pretty sight to see them load
+a great trunk onto a flat car to be drawn away.
+The method is almost the same as that used in turning
+over a trunk,—only just half of the men fix
+their sticks. They give it half a turn and then hold
+it in position on the skids, while the other half get
+a grip and start turning. In this way, turn and
+turn about, they roll the log right up the skids and
+onto the car.</p>
+
+<p>In this instance the trunks were not hauled to
+the mill on a car; a chain was attached instead, and
+then one of the baby tractors was used to drag it
+over the ground to the mill. There were a half a
+dozen of these tractors at the camp. Three were
+constantly employed in dragging the cut timber to
+the mill, while the other three were used to draw
+the flat cars to the railroad tracks, a half a dozen
+miles from the camp.</p>
+
+<p>After watching the felling of several trees, the
+boys essayed trimming, and while they were by no
+means unskillful at it, caused many a laugh among
+the men because of the time they took. Whereas
+they often took two or three strokes to take off a
+branch, the skilled woodsmen with one swift, clean
+cut, lopped off a good thick branch.</p>
+
+<p>The boys took their chaffing good naturedly and
+thereby won a lot of regard from the jacks, many
+of whom were ready to sneer at “city chaps.”</p>
+
+<p>From the timbering they went to the sawmill.
+Here they found a busy whir of activity. Logs
+were rolled onto the carriage and sent down the
+plane, while the great circular saw bit its way
+through the length of the tree like a hot knife
+through a pat of butter.</p>
+
+<p>The carriage then runs back to where it started,
+while a mechanical device shoves the log sideways
+as many inches as is desired and the carriage starts
+on its journey again. This is done until the log
+has been “sliced into planks.” These are then piled
+on one side, waiting for the flat cars to be loaded
+and hauled away by the tractor.</p>
+
+<p>This operation that has been described entails
+more labor than the winter logging, for then the
+trees are simply cut and rolled to one side of the
+river. This continues throughout the winter until
+the cutting has been complete and then they wait
+for the ice to go out. As soon as the ice breaks up,
+the logs are tumbled into the river and floated down
+the stream. For days they float down the river to
+the mills below, which are always located on the
+river banks, and here they are ground up and made
+into pulp from which paper is later manufactured.</p>
+
+<p>The logs are distinguished one from another
+when they reach their journey’s end by branding,
+much as the horses that roam the feeding places in
+the West are known by their brand. Every lumberman
+has his mark, and a gash is made at one end
+of the log, and on this is made the mark.</p>
+
+<p>For example, Garry’s father had his mark AB,
+which stood for his initials. In this instance it was
+not necessary to brand the lumber, for it all came
+from the same cutting and was transported directly
+to the same destination.</p>
+
+<p>After supper that night, the men gathered outside
+their bunkhouses, playing cards or simply leaning
+back against the wall and smoking. One of the
+French Canadian lumberjacks produced a mouth organ,
+and another a battered guitar, and those who
+spoke the French joined in an old “chanson” or
+song.</p>
+
+<p>Soon one of the Americans, seizing on a lull in
+the conversation and singing, struck up an old-time
+lumberjack song, and in a moment the whole camp
+had joined in. The lumberjack songs are mostly
+about camp events, the fight for the river at the
+spring flood, some great battle that took place between
+two rival lumber camps, for your true lumberjack
+is as ready to fight as to eat.</p>
+
+<p>Where these songs come from, no one knows.
+They are as old as the lumbering industry in Maine,
+and generally are written with a chorus at the end.
+One man sings the verse and then the camp joins in
+the chorus in a thundering tone. There is generally
+more noise than melody, at least in the choruses,
+for a man that has a fair voice always sings
+the verse part. Some of these songs are of a seemingly
+endless duration, but the lumberjacks never
+tire of singing them.</p>
+
+<p>As the men sang the moon came up, and made a
+scene that was long to be remembered by the boys.
+In spite of their enjoying the evening, they kept a
+sharp eye on the movements of the red haired
+cookee, although he made no move to disappear.
+The boys figured that he probably would not until
+the camp was asleep. Soon the men began to yawn,
+and turn into the bunkhouse, while the boys bade
+goodnight to the manager and repaired to their
+own shack. They turned in, and as soon as all
+seemed quiet, Phil started out, and walking in the
+shadows, made for the spot he had picked that
+afternoon as being a safe place to watch the exit
+from the bunkhouse.</p>
+
+<p>Garry and Dick dropped off to sleep, and were
+only awakened some time later by hearing Phil
+climb into his bunk. In a moment they were wide
+awake.</p>
+
+<p>“What news,” whispered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Go on to sleep,” advised Phil in a disappointed
+tone. “The LeBlanc never showed up, and I’ve
+lost three hours’ sleep for nothing. Goodnight!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VII<br/>A NOCTURNAL VISITOR</h2>
+
+<p>It was in that dark hour that precedes the dawn,
+which for some reason or other is always the blackest
+of the night. The three boys were sleeping
+soundly. Suddenly Phil awoke and sniffed the air.
+For a moment or two he was dazed, then he gave
+a shout.</p>
+
+<p>His cry of alarm woke the others, and they were
+about to leap from their beds when Phil’s warning
+shout prevented them.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the trouble, Phil?” asked Garry. “Are
+there snakes in the shack or are you just having a
+nightmare? Whew!” Garry had no need to ask
+any further questions.</p>
+
+<p>The nocturnal visitor was nothing more nor less
+than a polecat, that little animal of the woods about
+the size of a cat, but commonly called a skunk.</p>
+
+<p>Phil retained his presence of mind, and reached
+to the bottom of his bunk and hauled out one of his
+heavy shoepacks. With a well directed aim he
+heaved it at the unwelcome little intruder, which at
+that moment was near the door. The force of the
+blow carried the animal out into the night, and then
+the boys hopped out of their bunks and seized their
+clothes. Keeping a wary eye, they dashed through
+the door and out of the way. The animal by this
+time was scampering away.</p>
+
+<p>Going back to the shack was almost out of the
+question, for he had left his unmistakable scent
+behind him.</p>
+
+<p>“There goes my night’s sleep all shot to pieces,”
+exclaimed Phil in an aggravated tone. “First I go on
+a wild goose chase to hear a plot and hear nothing,
+then this comes up, and blooie, there is goodbye to
+rest. Bet you I take a nap this morning. Wonder
+if that smell will evaporate or will we have to build
+a new shack. Also there is going to be a door on
+the next one. I don’t want any more night visitors
+like that chap.”</p>
+
+<p>“Hush a minute,” whispered Garry. To the ears
+of the boys, trained by their work in the woods to
+catch the slightest sound, came the soft noise as of
+someone walking towards the bunkhouse. In a moment
+Garry was flat on the ground, wiggling along
+as does an Indian on the war path in a manner that
+the boys had often practiced when they were Scouts.</p>
+
+<p>He was back in about five minutes. The others
+were all curious to know what had made him act in
+such a mysterious manner.</p>
+
+<p>“Someone was prowling about, and just a moment
+ago went into the bunkhouse. I could hear
+him when he dropped his shoes as he got ready to
+crawl into the bunk. Here’s what I think. That
+wood pussy may have wandered into the shack all
+by his lonesome, but for my part I think it is the
+first event in a campaign to make things so unpleasant
+for us that we will cut short our visit and go
+away,” whispered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“They couldn’t have picked on anything much
+better to make it unpleasant,” answered Dick.
+“What will we do now?”</p>
+
+<p>By this time the first faint streaks of dawn appeared,
+and in a little while the camp would be
+astir.</p>
+
+<p>“It is almost morning, and now that we are wide
+awake and up, we might as well stay so,” answered
+Garry. “First thing we do this morning is to get
+a few more boards and fashion a door for this
+shack. Also I saw some heavy screening yesterday,—you
+notice that all the windows are screened,—and
+we will tack a double thickness of that over
+the window. That will afford us some slight protection
+against the invasion of more friends such as
+the one that paid us an unwelcome call.”</p>
+
+<p>In a little while the camp was starting to come to
+life. First appeared the cookee who favored the
+boys with a knowing grin, then came the cook, who
+immediately started the work of getting breakfast.
+Finally, struggling into their clothes as they came
+yawning through the doors, appeared the lumberjacks.</p>
+
+<p>Garry cautioned his chums to say nothing for
+the moment about their experience of the night.
+They passed several moments in chatting with those
+of the lumberjacks with whom they thought they
+might make friends that would perhaps stand them
+in good stead later on. Garry was telling a funny
+story and at its conclusion the men burst into a roar
+of laughter.</p>
+
+<p>The red headed cookee happened to be passing
+just as the men began to laugh, and he looked
+sharply at the boys. While he was serving them
+breakfast in the smaller room,—they happened to be
+alone as Barrows had not yet arisen,—he remarked:</p>
+
+<p>“Understand you chaps didn’t sleep very well
+last night.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, we didn’t,” answered Garry, looking up
+quickly.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, better luck next time,” and still grinning
+the cookee shambled out of the room.</p>
+
+<p>“Well!” exploded Garry. “If that chap didn’t go
+and give himself clean away first shot out of the
+gun!”</p>
+
+<p>“Looks as though your hunch about its being a
+part of the campaign of ruthlessness was a fact,”
+said Dick with a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>“Only question in my mind,” said Phil, “is did
+he think of it himself as a sort of a practical joke,
+or was he put up to it by Barrows?”</p>
+
+<p>“Looks pretty certain to me that Barrows was
+the instigator of the matter,” answered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>When Barrows appeared, the boys explained the
+matter to him, and asked him for the necessary lumber
+with which to construct a door, also some
+screening for the window. Barrows told them they
+could go to the saw mill and select whatever they
+wanted in the way of boards.</p>
+
+<p>As they were getting the boards, an old grizzled
+lumberman chatted with them. He asked why they
+wanted a door in that kind of weather, and Garry
+told him the story.</p>
+
+<p>“They do leave a reg’lar trail behind them, don’t
+they?” laughed the old man. “I’ll tell you what
+you can do, though, and it will fix things up pretty
+well. I always keep some sulphur on hand when
+I’m in the woods. Occasionally you get a rash
+from the browntail moths in the woods, and the
+best thing for a cure is a poultice made with a little
+sulphur. When you put your door on, take a few
+extra boards and board up your window. Then
+take the sulphur that I give you and put it in a pan
+and set it on fire with a hot coal from the kitchen
+range. Then you hop out and let the shack get
+thoroughly filled with the fumes o’ the sulphur, and
+you’ll find after a couple or three hours that you’ll
+have your place fumigated as pretty as if you had
+ten boards of health do the job for you.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys thanked the old timer, and left with
+their lumber. A few minutes later he appeared on
+the scene with his sulphur, and the work of boarding
+the window and making a door being completed,
+they did as he had directed and went on a
+tour of the camp.</p>
+
+<p>As they were wandering about, with Sandy at
+their heels, they were again approached by the man
+who had wanted to go on a coon hunt. This time
+they accepted his invitation, and arranged to go
+that night.</p>
+
+<p>The day passed quickly, for there were many
+things about the camp to attract their attention, and
+they asked numerous questions of such of the lumberjacks
+as seemed inclined to spend a moment or
+two to answer them.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as it got dark, the coon hunter appeared
+and asked if they were ready to go. He was accompanied
+by one or two of his friends, and Garry
+noticed that one of them carried a burlap bag.</p>
+
+<p>The boys secured their rifles, and were about to
+join the party, when one of the men, noticing the
+guns, said:</p>
+
+<p>“You don’t need your rifles, although you can
+carry ’em if you want. We were aiming to catch
+the coon alive and see if we couldn’t tame him for
+a sort of pet around the camp. That’s what we
+brought the bag for.”</p>
+
+<p>“Good,” answered Garry. “We aren’t much on
+shooting animals just for the sake of shooting.”</p>
+
+<p>The trio of men led the way to where the man
+called Tom had said he had seen a raccoon a few
+days before. Sandy was eagerly sniffing at the
+ground, and soon he gave vent to a low growl.</p>
+
+<p>“By gosh, I believe he’s got the scent already,”
+chuckled one of the men. “It may be some other
+kind of an animal, but I doubt it. All I’ve seen
+around here is the raccoon, although there were a
+few rabbits at different times. Still the raccoon is
+the most likely to be out prowling at this time of
+night.”</p>
+
+<p>Soon Sandy was off, with his nose close to the
+ground. After a few moments he had left them
+entirely, and they followed only by means of his
+occasional barks. After almost half a mile of chasing,
+they heard a series of wild barks, and knew that
+Sandy had driven something to bay.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments they had caught up to the
+dog, and there sure enough he had something treed
+and was venting his pleasure by loud and vociferous
+barks.</p>
+
+<p>They peered up into the tree and could see nothing.
+In the meantime one of the men had discovered
+a hole at the foot of the tree.</p>
+
+<p>“Now one of you fellows get some branches, dry
+ones of course, and we’ll soon have Mr. Coon all
+trapped as nice as you please.”</p>
+
+<p>One of the men, assisted by Dick, soon gathered
+an armful of dry sticks. Getting a boost from his
+friend, Tom soon shinnied up the tree, and stopped
+after he had gotten about fifteen feet up well into
+the branches, for it was a small tree.</p>
+
+<p>“Here’s the upper end of the hollow,” he called
+down. “Now you fellows start your fire at the hole
+down there, while I spread the bag over this hole.”</p>
+
+<p>The smudge was soon started, and fanning it
+with their coats, they drove the smoke into the hollow
+tree trunk. They were always careful not to
+let the flames of the fire get to the tree, or they
+might have started a forest fire that would have
+been disastrous. As a matter of fact, several bad
+forest fires have started from an unskillful attempt
+to smoke some animal out of a tree.</p>
+
+<p>Soon there was a shout from the man up the
+tree. “I’ve got him!”</p>
+
+<p>The smoke had proved too much for Brer Raccoon,
+and he had sought to escape by the hole at
+the top, only to walk into the bag. In a moment
+more Tom had descended the tree with a squirming,
+snarling animal safely tied up in the bag.</p>
+
+<p>On their return to the camp they were greeted
+by several of the jacks who had not yet gone to
+bed. The catch was exhibited, and one of the men
+produced an old dog collar from the bunkhouse.
+The collar was snapped on the coon’s neck, a stout
+rope was attached to the ring in the corner to be
+later tied securely to a nail at the corner of the
+bunkhouse.</p>
+
+<p>“There,” remarked Tom, surveying the result of
+the night’s catch. “If you fellows will lay off and
+not tease him, and shinny out a little food for him
+once in a while, he’ll get tame as a kitten, and they
+are a lot of fun when they get tame. Almost as
+good as a monkey.”</p>
+
+<p>“We’ll have to keep Sandy tied up for a while
+when he is not with us, or he’ll make short work
+of that coon,” remarked Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, I’ll have ’em as friendly as two brothers in
+a few days,” was Tom’s verdict.</p>
+
+<p>The boys later found that the man Tom had a
+reputation for being quite a hand with animals of
+every description, but future events will show why
+Sandy and the coon never got well acquainted.
+Things were on the verge of beginning to hum for
+all hands.</p>
+
+<p>When the boys woke in the morning, they made
+two startling discoveries. The first one was that
+repeated calls failed to bring Sandy to them, and
+the boys had never remembered the morning when
+Sandy went so far abroad that a few whistles did
+not bring him back on the run to join his companions.</p>
+
+<p>The second surprise was found when Garry
+noticed a familiar looking roll of birch bark at the
+entrance to the cabin, weighted down by a stone!</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII<br/>WORD FROM THE HERMIT</h2>
+
+<p>“Look here, you chaps,” called Garry, as he
+gazed at the little roll of bark, which he had not
+yet picked up. The boys crowded around and
+looked at him in amazement.</p>
+
+<p>“Without making any rash bets,” announced
+Garry, “I’ll wager my best rifle against a plugged
+nickel, that one of our friends has been in this
+vicinity within the past few hours. Cast your eyes
+on that roll of bark, and tell me if you dare that
+we won’t find a funny cryptic little message in it!”</p>
+
+<p>“The Hermit!” burst out Dick and Phil almost
+in one breath.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s my guess. Now we’ll see if we are
+right,” and Garry stooped and picked up the little
+roll from its resting place beneath the stone. “It’s
+the Hermit, and it’s just the kind of a note I expected
+to find. Listen to this. ‘Unseen watchers
+often give the best aid. When you need me most,
+I’ll be with you.’ And it’s signed with his old
+mark, the lone pine with the crossmarked boulder,”
+said Garry as he had finished reading.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, if that doesn’t beat anything I ever heard
+of,” said Dick. “How in the name of all that’s
+wonderful did he ever find us in this part of the
+country?”</p>
+
+<p>“I think I can answer that,” interrupted Phil.
+“He must have run across Nate Webster and
+asked about us. It is likely that Nate told him
+where we were going, and since he knew that we
+were good friends, might have given him an inkling
+of the business that we were here on. The
+thing that puzzles me is why he should not have
+waited and seen us, or even waked us up to say
+howdy.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, you know what a queer old codger he
+was, and this latest stunt is typical of him. Much
+as I would like to see him, I confess I would have
+been a little bit disappointed if he had not done
+something out of the ordinary,” replied Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Wonder where he went after he left the note?”
+queried Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, he’s probably somewhere out in the woods,
+you know life in the open woods is nothing to him,
+after all the years that he must have lived in them.
+The main question now, since we can do nothing
+about our friend the Hermit, as he will come in his
+own good time, is to see what has happened to
+Sandy. I cannot understand his going away. He
+may have chased up some animal, and if so he will
+be back. But it is unusual for him ever to stir
+away from where we are sleeping until he knows
+that we are up and about.”</p>
+
+<p>Throughout the morning they searched every
+nook and corner of the camp, going almost to the
+edge of the cutting operations, asking all the workers
+they met whether or not the dog had been seen.
+Their search was of no avail. The day dragged on,
+still no Sandy, and each passing hour made the
+chums more downcast.</p>
+
+<p>“I’m beginning to think that this is step number
+two to drive us out,” gritted Garry between his
+teeth. “I tell you this, boys, if it is so, and I’m
+inclined to believe it more and more, if any harm
+comes to Sandy through the machinations of this
+crew that are trying to ruin Dad’s business, there’s
+going to be one of the sweetest little wars started
+that Barrows and his whole crew ever even
+dreamed of.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’m with you, Garry. That dog was more than
+human, and the best friend that a bunch of chums
+like us could ever hope to have,” replied Dick as
+he patted his friend on the shoulder. Phil said
+nothing, but the others could see by the tightening
+of the corners of his mouth,—the danger signal
+when Phil was really aroused over anything,—that
+he was with them to the end.</p>
+
+<p>“There doesn’t seem to be anything that we can
+do. I’ve looked carefully over the ground for any
+signs of a struggle, but I can find nothing. There
+was some trickery of some kind to get Sandy away.
+It may have been done only to steal him and possibly
+sell him, but it may be that there was a foul
+purpose in getting the dog away from us. The
+time has come for real action. Let’s get going
+early in the morning and keep our eyes and ears
+sharply on the lookout. Phil, you watch the
+cookee closely and see if there are any more midnight
+appointments to be made. Dick, you look
+out for the sawmill, and see if there is any funny
+business being done with the saw. You know
+enough about machinery to be able to detect if it is
+working properly, and your common sense will tell
+you if there seems to be a slackening up of production.
+It stands to reason that the boss of the sawmill
+must be in on this scheme, for more delay can
+be caused here than anywhere else. It is unlikely
+that there are many men in on this plot. Too many
+would make it unsafe for the conspirators, they
+couldn’t all keep their mouths shut. I’ll keep an
+eye on Barrows and see what conferences he holds
+with the men. I hope that Howells gets back here
+soon, I feel that we need immediate advice from
+someone who is more experienced in the lumbering
+business than we are. Now let’s hop to it.”</p>
+
+<p>The two boys did as their leader had directed.
+Phil ambled off to the cookhouse with the intention
+of offering his services in peeling potatoes to the
+cookee in order that he might have an excuse for
+keeping near the fellow. Dick at once made for the
+sawmill.</p>
+
+<p>When he arrived there, the busy hum of activity
+seemed to be all about him. But as he watched he
+became conscious of the fact that there seemed to
+be several things that delayed the game. The man
+who drove one of the tractors seemed to be having
+continual trouble with the engine, and several minutes
+on each trip were consumed in needless repairs.
+Dick could see with half an eye that there was little
+the trouble with the engine except that which was
+created by the driver himself. The man kept up a
+continual stream of grumbling at the way the engine
+was acting, evidently to make the trouble
+appear to be real.</p>
+
+<p>Once Dick saw that there was a loose wire connection
+which the driver purposely overlooked, and
+after he had watched the man waste ten minutes in
+needless overhauling, he stepped up and offered his
+services.</p>
+
+<p>The man refused with a growl and an oath. Dick
+managed to restrain his temper, although he wanted
+to tell the man how evident his stalling around was.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, all right, I don’t mean to interfere with
+your business, but your wire to your battery is unconnected,”
+and Dick turned on his heel.</p>
+
+<p>Seeing that Dick really knew what he was talking
+about, the driver attached the wire and in a
+moment or two was off for another load of logs.</p>
+
+<p>“If he wastes that much time every trip,” thought
+Dick to himself, “he might just as well try to bring
+in the logs on his back. In the course of a week
+that would mean almost a day’s production gone to
+waste, and I haven’t watched long enough to know
+how much time he takes on his trip.”</p>
+
+<p>Quite frequently the saw would be stopped for a
+moment while the boss sawyer oiled up different
+parts of the machinery. He did not seem to like
+Dick’s watching him, but he was evidently a little
+wiser than the driver, and attempted an explanation.</p>
+
+<p>“This is the last saw we have in the camp,” he
+told Dick. “The ones that we ordered haven’t
+shown up yet, and if anything goes wrong with this
+one, we are hurt and hurt bad.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick pretended a great deal of ignorance about
+the saw, but he could see that the sawyer regarded
+him with some suspicion.</p>
+
+<p>Dick kept in the sawmill, but stayed as much as
+possible in the background. After nearly an hour
+of watching, a great log was rolled onto the
+carriage, and glancing at his watch, the boss sawyer
+called an assistant and gave him charge of the saw.
+Then he hastened from the mill and started in the
+direction of the camp, evidently to hold a conference
+with Barrows. Dick was turning to saunter
+out when he heard a terrific tearing sound as of
+steel being ground between heavy rollers, then a
+cry of pain from the sawyer. Dick turned and
+rushed to the scene. The saw was still grinding
+into the obstruction that was causing the noise, and
+several pieces of flying steel were in the air. The
+sawyer had his hands clasped to his face, and the
+blood was streaming from between his fingers.</p>
+
+<p>Dick saw that there was no one with presence
+of mind enough to throw the lever that shut off the
+saw, and he ran and threw off the lever. Then he
+returned to the injured man. The flying teeth of
+the saw had cut his face in several places, but fortunately
+his eyes were uninjured. That he had
+escaped being blinded was almost a miracle.</p>
+
+<p>The thought that flashed through Dick’s mind
+that here was an instance of what Howells had told
+them, of the spiking a tree in the upper part where
+it would hit the saw. Dick asked the old man who
+had told them how to fumigate their shack the day
+before if he could roll back the saw without starting
+up the engine and causing more teeth to be
+broken and start flying about the place.</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes the old timer had worked the
+saw back so that Dick could examine it. It required
+only a moment to see that the saw was
+irreparably ruined. Most of the teeth had been
+bent or broken off, and a further examination
+showed that several parts of the saw carriage and
+control had been broken or strained by the unwonted
+burden that had been put on them.</p>
+
+<p>At this moment the boss sawyer and Barrows, the
+manager, had come rushing up to the mill to inquire
+what was the trouble. Garry was with them,
+and Dick gave him a significant look, unobserved
+by the others.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s all the trouble?” inquired Barrows
+needlessly, for he could see with half an eye the
+damage that had been wrought.</p>
+
+<p>“Seems as if your saw was a total wreck,”
+answered Dick. “Must have struck a ton of metal
+in the heart of that tree to do all that damage.”</p>
+
+<p>“Nonsense,” cried Barrows. “Whoever heard of
+metal in a tree?”</p>
+
+<p>“Could it have been a defective saw?” inquired
+Garry soberly, for the purpose of hearing what
+reply Barrows would make.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, that’s what it must have been, a defective
+saw,” repeated the manager, parrot fashion.</p>
+
+<p>“Defective saw me eye,” broke in the old helper.
+“That tree has been spiked and spiked good and
+plenty. That’s the second saw that went that way
+this summer. Tother time it nearly killed the sawyer
+when the belt flew off and almost got him
+tangled up in the machinery. There’s one sure
+way to find out what caused it, and that’s to roll
+her off the carriage and split off that place where
+the saw started to eat through. If there isn’t a
+spike there, you can have my month’s wages.”</p>
+
+<p>“You seem to know all about it, and perhaps we
+shall find out why you know so much about the
+matter,” and Barrows favored the old man with a
+look that boded no good to him.</p>
+
+<p>In the face of the old timer’s statement, and
+because Dick and Garry were looking at the manager
+as though they expected him to take speedy
+action, there was nothing for Barrows to do but
+follow the suggestion and order the log rolled off.
+This was done, and then several wedges were driven
+in, and using the backs of single bitted axes, the
+section of tree was soon split open. There plainly
+revealed to view were several bent, cut and twisted
+spikes!</p>
+
+<p>“That’s what broke your saw,” exclaimed the old
+man. “Shame, too, a nice saw like that ruined and
+the only one in the camp at that!”</p>
+
+<p>“That will do, Collins,” cut in Barrows sharply.
+“Your opinion wasn’t asked. Besides, I am still
+wondering how your knowledge of the spiking
+seemed to prove so accurate.”</p>
+
+<p>“I was raised in the woods, and I know all the
+little tricks. There’s dirty work afoot here somewhere,”
+returned old Collins staunchly.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I guess you do know all the tricks, but I
+know a good one, too; you go and get your pay
+from the timekeeper and start on your way,”
+ground out the manager.</p>
+
+<p>“Isn’t that just a trifle hasty, Mr. Barrows?”
+cut in Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Listen, my boy. With all due respect to the
+son of my employer, I must say that I am manager
+of this camp, and what I say goes. You know I
+am protecting your father’s business, and there has
+been so much funny business going on lately that
+something must be done, and I am going to begin
+by cutting out all the suspicious characters. In my
+judgment Collins is such a character.”</p>
+
+<p>“Huh,” muttered Dick in an undertone. “A
+fine protector you are, and you know that Collins is
+innocent. He knows too much, that’s all.”</p>
+
+<p>Old Collins marched out of the mill section and
+started toward the office. A moment later Dick
+unobtrusively followed him. In a few seconds he
+had caught up with the man and said goodbye to
+him.</p>
+
+<p>“Goodbye, my lad, and let me give you a
+warning. Tell your pal that his father’s business is
+going to pot here. There’s something underfoot,
+I don’t know what it is or why, but it’s there. Too
+many accidents. You watch that Barrows and
+watch the timekeeper, and keep an eye on the two
+drivers with the moustaches. Throw in the cookee
+for good measure, and you’ll have a precious lot of
+rascals.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick tried to elicit further information, but
+found that the old fellow either did not know anything
+specific, or was crotchety and would not tell.</p>
+
+<p>There being nothing that could be done further,
+the manager and Dick returned to the office, while
+Garry went to the bunkhouse to see if he could
+render any aid to the man who had been cut by the
+flying particles of the saw.</p>
+
+<p>At the office they found waiting their acquaintance
+of the attempted holdup, Arthur Howells. He
+acted according to the agreement and waited till
+they had been introduced.</p>
+
+<p>“This is our scaler and cruiser,” announced Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the boys professing ignorance of what the
+duties of a scaler were, they received an invitation
+from Howells to come with him after dinner and
+watch the operations. Barrows heartily advised the
+boys to go with him and learn something of the
+way in which the trees were spotted and the lumber
+measured.</p>
+
+<p>The chums knew well that the invitation was
+solely for the purpose of getting them away from
+the camp so that they could confer on what was
+going on.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner they sought out Howells, and after
+he had armed himself with a scaling stick, marked
+off in measurements, which was used to measure
+the trees, they wandered into the woods.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, boys, what news?” he asked.</p>
+
+<p>In a few words they told him of the events that
+had transpired since their arrival.</p>
+
+<p>Howells was especially interested in the matter
+of the spiked tree, and was indignant at the fact
+that Collins had been discharged.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, the old man was as honest as the day is
+long. He used to know your father a good many
+years ago, Garry, and he would never do anything
+that would harm him or his business,” Howells
+said vehemently.</p>
+
+<p>“Next thing on the docket,” said Garry, “is to
+ask what news you have.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have something that will knock the feet almost
+out from under you. In addition to the trouble
+caused by the breakage and wasting, there is something
+even deeper yet. I always get the reports
+from the receiving stations of the amount of
+lumber that is sent out. I know after measuring, just
+how much has gone out. Today my reports show
+that all the timber that is cut here does not arrive
+at its destination.</p>
+
+<p>“What do you mean?” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Just what I mean is this. Somewhere, somehow,
+your father’s lumber is being stolen en route
+to its destination!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER IX<br/>THE BOYS LOSE AN ALLY</h2>
+
+<p>The words of Howells stunned the boys for a
+moment. Then Garry delivered himself of a few
+vehement words regarding the thieves.</p>
+
+<p>“We have been here only a couple of days or so,
+and yet we find that this logging camp is a hive of
+rascals and thieves. And still we have done nothing.
+We must get to work and nip this thing in
+the bud, else the whole summer’s work at the camp
+here will have gone for naught, to say nothing of
+the irreparable financial loss that will be caused to
+Dad, not only from the penalties for failure to live
+up to his contracts, but the money loss from the
+stolen timber will mount up well into the hundreds
+I am afraid. Now we must put a stop to this thing.
+I believe that I will go out tomorrow and go to
+town and ’phone Father that he had better make a
+cleanup here at the camp. Perhaps we don’t know
+just who the guilty parties are, but if we get rid of
+the whole shooting match we can stop it. How
+much timber would you estimate has been stolen?”
+he concluded, turning to Howells.</p>
+
+<p>“I can’t say as to that. This last report is the
+only one that I have received direct. Generally I
+have been given what was supposed to be a duplicate
+copy of the one sent to Barrows. This time I
+happened to get the mail myself at the postoffice.
+Generally one of Barrow’s men gets the mail, and
+it is distributed. This letter was addressed to me
+personally, and I have no doubt that the others
+were also, but were opened and doctored up to
+appear all right. That’s a prime bit of evidence if
+we can secure the proof. Tampering with Uncle
+Sam’s mail is a serious crime, and draws a long
+prison term. Now as for your going out of the
+woods tomorrow and ’phoning your father, Garry,
+I would advise against it. Nothing very serious
+can happen in the next few days. Little work can
+be done until a new saw comes, and there will be
+little shipping of timber except that which has been
+waiting to be transported. In the meantime, if, as
+your father is led to believe, this whole matter is a
+move on the part of the big interests to crush him
+in the lumber business, the firing of the present
+manager and crew will have little effect. Your dad
+evidently trusted Barrows, else he would not have
+sent him here. If he is guilty, you may be sure that
+the enemy, for such we must call them, made it
+mighty well worth his while to turn traitor. What
+is to prevent the next manager from being affected
+in the same way? And even if a trustworthy manager
+were secured, the big interests can always
+bribe enough of the laborers to do all the necessary
+damage that would be required to spoil the season.
+My advice is to lay low for a few days and get evidence
+that will get the ‘man higher up,’ the one who
+is the instigator of this whole thing. Once you can
+spike his guns, there will be no further danger of
+trouble here, and also it will enable your father to
+take court action that will restore him damages for
+the stolen timber, and will also give him a chance
+to sue those who have harmed him so that he can
+make the penalties that will be inflicted in case
+enough damage has already been done to make him
+forfeit his contracts. I should say now that he was
+a good three weeks behind his shipments, and that
+is a whole lot in one season. He has guaranteed
+to deliver a certain amount of timber at its destination
+by the last of September. It is the middle of
+August now, and he must make every minute
+count from now on to get out the required amount.
+Get the man responsible for this business and you
+will have accomplished what you have set out to.
+What do you think of my advice?”</p>
+
+<p>“Sounds logical, and I think we will follow it.
+In the meantime I have a hunch now in regard to
+that stolen timber. I think I can hitch up a few
+things Barrows has tried to dissuade us from doing,
+and a certain lake in this vicinity. That’s our next
+work. Now what do you propose to do, Mr.
+Howells?” asked Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“First thing I’m going to do is to go straight to
+Barrows and tell him about the deficiency shown
+by the records. That will do one of two things, I
+believe; either show him up for a crook, or else
+show that he is straight and start him investigating
+the thefts. If the latter happens, which I am frank
+to say I do not think will, then we have accomplished
+a great deal of good.”</p>
+
+<p>Howells, however, had barely finished speaking,
+when the red haired cookee appeared at the shack
+and told him that Barrows wanted to see him at
+the camp office immediately.</p>
+
+<p>Having delivered the message, the cookee sauntered
+off, and Howells looked at the boys with a
+puzzled stare.</p>
+
+<p>“Wonder what’s up now. Thought that we
+talked over everything there was a little while ago.
+Well, there’s no use in wondering. I’m off to see
+his Royal Highness and find out what he wants.
+I’ll see you after a little while.”</p>
+
+<p>Howells hustled off to the office and left the boys
+to talk things over among themselves.</p>
+
+<p>“What did you mean, Garry, when you said that
+you had a hunch about lakes and things?” inquired
+Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, you remember how insistent Barrows has
+been that we make a sort of playground out of the
+little lake, setting forth its advantages about swimming,
+fishing and all that, and has done everything
+that he can do to discourage us from going near the
+big lake. I have let him believe that we took everything
+he said for granted, so I thought that tonight,
+if possible, we would make a trip to the big
+lake and see what’s what,” Garry answered.</p>
+
+<p>“I’m wondering if Barrows is clever enough to
+play the old trick used by conjurers and magicians?”
+mused Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“What do you mean, magician?” queried Garry
+with a puzzled look at his friend.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, you know a magician always directs the
+attention of his audience to the thing that he is generally
+going to do, figuring that the people will be
+on the watch for a trick, and will be so busy trying
+to find the hidden trick, that they look everywhere
+but where the magician tells ’em to, and in the
+meantime he has done his trick.”</p>
+
+<p>“I see,” exclaimed Garry. “You mean that Barrows
+may figure that we will guess he has been discouraging
+us about the big lake for the very purpose
+of making us go there rather than to the
+smaller body of water, where some sort of villainy
+may be going on.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s it exactly,” returned Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“I think you have a good hunch there, Phil, although
+I rather think that Barrows is not clever
+enough to dope out that trick. Still, there can be
+no harm in watching both lakes. Suppose that we
+take a little trip today to the small one, and then
+tomorrow night we will hustle over to the big one
+after the camp has turned in for the night. Guess
+that will be our best plan. Now let’s wait for Barrows
+and Howells to finish their conversation, and
+we will trot over while I ask a few leading questions.”</p>
+
+<p>They waited a few minutes, talking over their
+probable course of action, and were about to set out
+for the office, when Howells appeared on the scene.
+Rage and disappointment were depicted in his face,
+and the boys were quick to take notice of this.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the matter? You look as though you
+had bad news to bring us,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, it’s bad news for me, at any rate, and I
+think also for you. I believe I have proof enough
+that Barrows is a crook from the word go. I have
+been discharged from my job as cruiser and scaler
+and ordered to leave the place immediately.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I can hardly believe you, what’s it all
+about?” asked Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, it’s a short story. I had hardly gotten
+inside the office, when Barrows told me I was
+through. Naturally all other thoughts left my
+head, that is about my errand, and I asked him why.
+He replied that when he hired me he thought he
+was getting an accurate scaler, and that the reports
+showed that the amount of timber I had reported
+was cut had not been delivered. Immediately I
+knew that he was on to the fact that I was aware
+of the shortage and was spiking my guns before I
+could do or say anything. Now I know that I have
+accurately measured all the timber that was cut in
+this tract. I was at school long enough to learn
+how to scale if I never learned anything else. Of
+course we had words, and I forgot myself and
+accused him of knowing that timber was disappearing,
+and he was covering up by throwing the blame
+on me. Of course there was nothing that I could
+do, so I told him a few wholesome truths and
+walked out of the office.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then that definitely settles Barrows’ status
+here,” said Garry. “He knows that timber is being
+stolen, and he wants to cover it up. I hope you did
+not connect us in any way with you while you were
+telling Barrows what you thought of him, did you
+Art?”</p>
+
+<p>“You bet I didn’t. I kept my head that much, at
+any rate.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, we have lost a valuable ally since you
+must go away. I suppose, though, we could hire
+you as a guide and keep you here. Barrows could
+make no objection then,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“No, that would be the worst thing that you
+could do. It would put Barrows on his guard, for
+he would immediately leap to the conclusion that I
+had told you everything. No, the wisest thing for
+me to do is to hop out and go back to town. Then
+in a few days I could get back here and see what I
+could dig up in the way of stolen timber. I think
+the most advisable thing to do would be to find out
+from some of the railway stations near here where
+timber is being shipped from, and in that way we
+could get a line on where it is going. Then you
+chaps on the inside can browse about a bit and find
+out how it is stolen. Between us we can secure
+evidence that will uncover the whole plot. I’m
+going out now, before they get onto the fact that
+we have had time to talk things over. In the meantime,
+take my advice, and keep your eyes open
+every minute. Eternal vigilance on your part is
+going to be the price of success. Not that I believe
+any harm will come to you. Barrows would not
+dare attempt that; but he could move so stealthily
+that you could not find out anything. Now I’ll say
+goodbye and trot along. Good luck to you, and I
+will contrive some way to get word to you of what
+is going on.”</p>
+
+<p>Howells shook hands with the boys, and then
+loped off to get his dunnage. The boys watched his
+departure sadly, for they had counted a great deal
+on the help that the young timberman could give
+them.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, fellows, that puts it directly up to us
+again. We will have to work on our own hook and
+get to the bottom of this. Now let’s have action.
+Tomorrow morning—it is too late now to do anything—we
+will take a little trip to the small lake,
+Kanamo Lake I think they call it; Dutton is the
+name of the big one, and start our search there.
+We will simply say that we are going off for some
+fishing and swimming. Now we’ll go to the office,
+and remember, not a word about knowing that
+Howells was discharged.” And concluding his talk,
+Garry led the way to the office.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows watched them narrowly as they came in,
+but said nothing.</p>
+
+<p>“Thought we’d get a little information about
+Kanamo Lake,” said Phil, as they seated themselves.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” chimed in Garry. “We are going off
+there early tomorrow and have a little fishing and
+perhaps a swim or two. We haven’t done anything
+since we got here but watch the timber cutting, and
+that isn’t a novelty any longer. What we especially
+want to find out is whether there is any canoe or
+boat on either of the lakes that we could use to get
+some really good fishing.”</p>
+
+<p>“There isn’t a boat or canoe of any sort on either
+Dutton or Kanamo,” answered the manager. “But
+you will find that will not interfere with your fishing.
+Part of the banks are well covered with reeds,
+and early in the morning and after the sun has gone
+down you can catch a fine mess of pickerel.
+Throughout the day the bass can be caught from the
+bank if you boys are any hand at making a good
+long cast. I suppose as soon as the timber cutting
+is done, the tourists will begin to swarm here for
+summer camping, and then there will be plenty of
+boats and few fish. That’s generally the way.”
+The manager talked heartily as though relieved that
+the conversation had taken the turn that it had, and
+perhaps because of the information that the boys
+were going to get away from the camp. It was
+likely that he had expected some questioning because
+of the discharge of the scaler. Evidently
+thinking over the matter, he decided something in
+his mind, and turning to Garry, remarked casually:
+“I had hoped that the arrival of the scaler would
+give me a little extra time so that I could do some
+fishing with you and act as guide around here, but
+I regret to say that I found him incompetent and
+was obliged to discharge him. He was careless
+about his measurements, or else did not know how
+to measure properly, and all our records are messed
+up so that it will take me several days to get them
+straightened out. Fortunately I know pretty well
+what’s been shipped and can check against the bills
+of lading. Well, there goes the cook’s supper
+call.”</p>
+
+<p>Following supper, the boys made excuses that
+they wanted to get their fishing tackle in order and
+retired early to their shack. They got to sleep
+early, as they expected a strenuous day on the morrow,
+and also hoped to be able to make a trip to
+Dutton Lake at night, hence wanted sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Just as they were undressing, Dick uttered an
+exclamation of disgust.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the matter, Dick, lose a button?” inquired
+Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“No, confound it, lost that nice knife with my
+name on it that I bought in Bangor.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s too bad, lost your nice toy. Well, you
+should worry, as you have your sensible scout knife
+that will cut even if it hasn’t a nice name on it,”
+laughed Phil.</p>
+
+<p>Early morning found them routed out with the
+dawn, and as they hurried for the cookhouse to get
+some supplies with which to cook a luncheon at
+the lake, they heard the cook and his helper talking
+about some marauder that had been captured the
+night before and was locked up in the storehouse.</p>
+
+<p>Neither seemed to know much about it, but the
+boys could see that the cookee was on tenterhooks,
+and several times tried to get out, only to be called
+by the cook and set to doing some necessary task
+toward the getting of breakfast. This uneasiness
+on the part of the cookee made the boys think that
+possibly Baptiste LeBlanc had been caught, and decided
+that when they had eaten they would have a
+look at the prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows appeared when they were half way
+through breakfast, and the chums at once began to
+question him regarding the capture of the unknown
+man and what he might have wanted there.</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps he is the one who has been causing a
+lot of trouble around here,” said Barrows. “I
+haven’t seen him yet. Couple of the men found him
+snooping around the office last night, and after
+locking him up, woke me up and told me about him.
+After I eat I am going to question him, and if you
+want to get a little later start on your fishing trip,
+you can come and take a look at him.”</p>
+
+<p>This was exactly what the boys wanted, and
+they thanked Barrows for the invitation. They
+made a hurried meal, and then after Barrows had
+posted the notices for the section bosses for the day,
+they went to the storehouse, which was the most
+solid looking building in the camp, being built of
+great logs with a thick double hasp and padlocks on
+the door. Inside were kept the cooking supplies for
+the camp.</p>
+
+<p>The manager produced a key, and throwing open
+the door, called to the prisoner to come out.</p>
+
+<p>The three chums pressed forward eagerly to see
+if they were right in their guess that LeBlanc or
+his evil associate had been captured.</p>
+
+<p>What they did finally see nearly knocked them
+off their feet. There was a shuffling sound as of
+some one getting up, and then through the door
+into the sunlight, walked The Hermit!</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER X<br/>THE FIRST HIKE</h2>
+
+<p>It was nearly a minute before the boys could find
+their tongues. The hermit stood there blinking in
+the sunlight, for it had been pitch black inside of
+the storehouse.</p>
+
+<p>Finally Garry shouted:</p>
+
+<p>“Hello, Hermit. Where did you come from?”</p>
+
+<p>Barrows stared at the boys in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you know this man?” he asked sharply.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course we do,” replied the boys, almost
+simultaneously. “It isn’t so long ago that he was
+of great aid to us in our work on the fire patrol,”
+added Garry. Immediately he could have kicked
+himself, for he had by this statement let Barrows
+know that the man might be of help to them again.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you trying to do around here?”
+snapped Barrows, turning to the hermit. “Trying
+to steal something, or set fire to the camp or something
+of that sort?”</p>
+
+<p>“That will be just about enough, Mr. Barrows,”
+interrupted Garry. “We happen to know this old
+man, and I’ll vouch for him personally. It is probable
+that he came here to visit us, and was wandering
+about when your men, naturally thinking him
+to be a marauder, seized him. You can take my
+word for it that he’s all right.”</p>
+
+<p>Barrows evidently resented the way in which
+Garry had spoken to him. “I think I am the best
+judge of what to do in this camp, young man. I
+am not satisfied with his presence here, and it is
+my intention to have him taken to town and lodged
+in jail there until I find out what’s at the bottom of
+the broken saws and such occurrences in the camp.”</p>
+
+<p>“Now just one moment, Barrows,” said Garry
+with a determined ring in his voice, and a snap in
+his eyes that boded little good for Barrows. “I
+am not one who will naturally trade on his being
+the son of the man who owns this camp, but I give
+you ample warning that if my word is doubted in
+this matter, and this old man, who is as harmless
+as a rabbit, is not freed immediately, I will go to
+town this morning and take steps that will cause
+your instant removal from this camp. I have never
+asked my father to back me in anything that I was
+not absolutely sure of, and you can rely on the fact
+that he will take my word in this case, knowing
+me as he does. Now Mr. Barrows, you may take
+your choice in this matter and decide quickly.”</p>
+
+<p>The manager hesitated a moment, evidently trying
+to decide just who had the upper hand in the
+situation. Seeing this, Garry turned to Phil and
+Dick, and said:</p>
+
+<p>“Boys, go pack up your dunnage and get ready
+to leave in fifteen minutes.”</p>
+
+<p>The two chums turned on their heels without a
+word, and were starting for the shack when Barrows,
+seeing that he was beaten, called:</p>
+
+<p>“Never mind, boys, the old man will go free this
+minute.”</p>
+
+<p>He said it with a bad grace, and the glances that
+he covertly cast at the boys showed that he was enraged
+at the turn affairs had taken. What made
+him still angrier was the fact that the cook and two
+or three men had gathered around and seen him
+come out second best in the battle of words.</p>
+
+<p>He determined to make the best of a bad situation.</p>
+
+<p>“I am afraid that I spoke a little too hastily in
+this thing,” he said, coming closer to Garry. “I
+want you to remember that I am always trying to
+protect your father’s interests here; that is what he
+pays me for, and I thought that there might be
+something peculiar in this chap’s showing up here
+in the dead of night.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry, having won his point, and for the sake of
+future peace and freedom from interference, resolved
+to mollify the manager.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s all right, Mr. Barrows. Only I want to
+tell you this,” and here Garry lowered his voice:
+“The old chap is mentally unbalanced, and it was
+largely for that reason that I did not want him to
+be annoyed. He lives near a tract of wild land
+where we patrolled early this summer, and was very
+decent to us, tanning skins of animals that we shot,
+and leaving us rabbits for eating. It is a pet trick
+of his to wander about at night, and appear very
+mysteriously, and as I propose to have him stay
+with us a few days, I wish you would pass the word
+that he is afflicted and caution the men not to tease
+or annoy him.”</p>
+
+<p>Barrows assented grudgingly and then marched
+off to the office.</p>
+
+<p>Left alone with the hermit, for the cook and the
+others had departed for their customary tasks, the
+boys eagerly asked the hermit what he meant by his
+note, and if he had anything to tell them.</p>
+
+<p>“I didn’t mean to get caught,” he said. “I know
+what you boys are here for. Nate told me a little
+and I can make two and two equal four. I was
+creeping through the woods last night to come and
+leave a letter for you, when I heard some men talking,
+and crept up to listen to them. They were just
+getting ready to leave and all I heard was a man
+saying that his brother would soon be there and
+that he would know how to deal with those spies.
+I couldn’t get a good look at the man, but he spoke
+with an accent, and was a heavy, strongly built
+man. That’s what I was going to write to you,
+for I believe you are the ones that the men in the
+secret meeting meant when they referred to spies.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys looked aghast at each other when they
+heard the concluding words of their friend the
+hermit. At once the same thought leaped into the
+minds of all three. Man with an accent, heavily
+built and strong appearing. Brother was coming to
+help him. All put together it meant only one thing,
+and that was voiced by Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“Jean LeBlanc!”</p>
+
+<p>The others echoed the name of their Nemesis
+after Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s that, did you speak of LeBlanc?” inquired
+the hermit.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s just what we did,” replied Garry grimly.
+“That man you described, unless we are very badly
+mistaken, was Baptiste, a brother of Jean. And
+if Jean is on the way, we must guard ourselves
+every minute. And we must make every moment
+count, for once he gets here he will make strenuous
+efforts to get us in trouble, if not on his own hook,
+then in cahoots with Barrows. Now let’s break for
+the small lake. Suppose you stay with us a few
+days, Hermit, and help us in our work.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, that would not be good tactics,” was the
+reply of the hermit. “It would cause trouble to you
+boys with that man who wished me lodged in
+durance vile.”</p>
+
+<p>As was usual, the words of the hermit were anything
+but those that would be naturally used by a
+man that had lived the greater part of his life in the
+deep woods, far removed from all human beings.
+But the aged hermit was always surprising them,
+if not by his talk, by his unusual actions.</p>
+
+<p>Garry had often thought that the old man was
+wise in his conclusions, so he asked what could be
+suggested.</p>
+
+<p>“I would say that you should go to the manager
+and tell him that I had been offended by my reception
+and consequently had refused to stay and visit
+you, going off in a huff. Then that will give me
+a chance to return to the forest and watch for the
+coming of LeBlanc. I will guarantee that I will
+not be captured again. I was too sure of myself
+last night, since I did not know that the camp was
+full of night spies, who held rendezvous in the dark
+of the night. I will warn you in the usual way if
+LeBlanc approaches. In the meantime, my instinct
+tells me that the man with whom you quarreled,
+Garry, is not to be trusted. Watch him. Now I
+will go if you will give me some food to carry with
+me for breakfast. I am hungry.”</p>
+
+<p>“There’s one thing I wish you would do first,
+Hermit,” said Garry, calling him by the only name
+they knew, and which appeared to please rather
+than offend the old recluse, “and that is go to the
+nearest town and mail a letter for us. There is no
+one in the camp now that I would trust with a message,
+and none of us who could get away. I should
+have thought to do it yesterday when Howells left,
+but forgot it in the excitement of his being discharged.”</p>
+
+<p>Borrowing Dick’s ever ready notebook, Garry
+scribbled off a brief note to his father, advising him
+to check carefully the shipments of timber, and telling
+him in guarded words, that he had several clues
+that properly trailed down would soon lead to the
+unmasking of the traitors in the camp. He folded
+the note and gave the hermit money with which to
+buy a stamped envelope, and on another leaf of
+paper wrote the address to which the note should
+be sent.</p>
+
+<p>This the hermit promised to do at the earliest
+possible opportunity. He then proposed that they
+walk a few hundred yards out of the camp with
+him, so that they might select a spot where notes
+could be left without his having to penetrate the
+dangers of the camp at night.</p>
+
+<p>This the boys agreed to do, and after a brisk
+walk selected a tree with a hollow, half concealed
+in it, and established that as the “postoffice.” The
+hermit then took up his journey, while the boys
+returned to the office to tell the manager, as they
+had agreed to do, about the hermit’s leaving. When
+Barrows heard their story he seemed relieved and
+was apparently only too anxious to ingratiate himself
+with the boys again, for he realized that he had
+overstepped the mark a bit in his words with Garry
+a short time previous.</p>
+
+<p>“You should have brought the old chap back, and
+perhaps I could have persuaded him that it was all
+a mistake,” but the boys were quick to detect the
+false ring in his tone.</p>
+
+<p>“Now we are off to Kanamo Lake for our delayed
+fishing trip, and so that you may not get uneasy
+if we do not return by nightfall, let us tell you
+that we are used to making camp wherever we happen
+to be, and so will be all right. I only wish
+there was a canoe on the lake, and we would take a
+three or four-day hike, canoeing from spot to spot
+on the lake, and camping wherever we saw fit,”
+concluded Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Sorry there isn’t. You might make a flatboat
+out of some lumber, but there is nothing with which
+to calk the seams, and the task of dragging the lumber
+to the water would be almost too much to
+bother with for the short time that you are going
+to stay here,” replied Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>As the boys set out on their seven-mile hike to
+the lake, they discussed the way in which Barrows
+was continually bringing into the conversation the
+suggestion that they were not going to stay very
+long.</p>
+
+<p>“I wonder if that is a warning unintentionally
+given, or is the wish just father to the thought?”
+asked Garry. “I don’t remember ever saying anything
+to Barrows about the length of time that we
+intended to spend here.”</p>
+
+<p>“Maybe it is just the wish coming to surface as
+you say. At any rate, let’s not worry about that
+for awhile. We will have bridges enough to cross
+when we come to them.”</p>
+
+<p>The chums pursued their way through the fragrant
+woods, spicy with the smell of pine and balsam.
+Occasionally they heard the whirr of wings
+as a covey of grouse or partridge, frightened at the
+sound of approaching footsteps, took wing and flew
+away from the cover where they had been hiding.
+The sound of the birds brought to the minds of the
+trio the sad thought of the missing Sandy, for he
+had the canine instinct of most dogs to flush a bird.
+He had so often hunted with the boys that they
+had taught him to retrieve a bird as does a regular
+pointer or hunting dog.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell you what we’ll do when we get back to the
+camp tonight,” announced Phil. “We’ll offer a
+reward for the finding of Sandy. I think myself
+that some of the lumberjacks, perhaps that chap
+that took us coon hunting, recognized the value of
+Sandy and stole him, determined to sell him and
+make a few dishonest dollars. Sandy is worth more
+to us than many people would want to pay for him,
+and I think if we offered a big enough reward we
+might get him back.”</p>
+
+<p>This was agreed on by the boys, and chatting
+merrily of many things, they trekked through the
+forest to the lake.</p>
+
+<p>They took turns setting the pace and so made
+brisk time, even Dick keeping up without grumbling,
+although there was no circus at the end of
+the trail to lure him on to greater speed. However,
+Dick smelled adventure in the air, and hence
+all his seemingly lazy ways dropped and he dug to
+the trail as if his life depended on it.</p>
+
+<p>Soon they reached the lake, which lay like a
+jewel in the midst of the forest. For the most part
+it was surrounded by trees, thick and green. At
+the end of the trail was a slightly open spot, and a
+stretch of sandy beach that seemed to beckon the
+boys irresistibly.</p>
+
+<p>“Let’s take a short dip before we start exploring.
+I haven’t had a swim for days, and I think it would
+do us all a lot of good.” Garry had been sweeping
+the edges of the lake with his field glasses, which he
+had brought along, and could see nothing other
+than an unbroken expanse of forest. Far down at
+the end of the lake was a slight opening which
+Garry judged was the outlet of the lake, although
+since he had not consulted a map, he could not tell
+much about it as regarded its direction and size.</p>
+
+<p>The others were also of Garry’s opinion, and Phil
+then came to bat with another suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>“We must do a little fishing, also; for if we go
+back empty handed from a lake that is supposed to
+be filled with fish, we are apt to excite suspicion in
+the mind of Barrows, and set him asking us questions
+as to what we did while we were away. We
+don’t need to spend the whole day at it, just catch
+a decent mess and quit.”</p>
+
+<p>“Right you are, Phil,” answered Garry. “Now
+for a swim, and last man in is no good.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys ripped off their clothes, and so used
+were they to speedy disrobing, that all hit the water
+with almost the same splash.</p>
+
+<p>“See that spot up the bank about three hundred
+yards, where the ground begins to rise?” inquired
+Dick, as he splashed about in the water. “Bet you
+fellows anything I’ve got against anything you have
+that I can give you chaps ten yards’ start and then
+beat you there.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, you sure thing artist, splash him good,
+Phil,” shouted Garry, for Dick was an expert swimmer,
+much better than either of the others, although
+they were not unskilled in the aquatic art.</p>
+
+<p>Dick was thoroughly splashed, and with two
+against one, was soon forced to holler quits.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell you what I’m going to do; I’m going to
+swim up to that place and back, anyway. You fellows
+can come or not, as you please,” and with a
+long, sweeping, underhand stroke, his head almost
+buried in the water, Dick sped away. The remaining
+two contented themselves with paddling about
+and noting the clearness of the water and the fine
+sandy bottom. They got a stone and amused themselves
+by throwing it some distance and then swimming
+under water after it and recovering it. They
+had been doing this for some moments, when suddenly
+Garry, thinking that Dick, with his speed, had
+been gone long enough to have done that distance
+twice over, began to worry a bit, and called Phil’s
+attention to the lapse of time. They decided to
+swim up there and seek their missing comrade, who,
+although they had perfect faith in his prowess as a
+swimmer, might easily have been overtaken with a
+cramp, and met with disaster.</p>
+
+<p>It was generally a rule that they keep an eye on
+each other in the water, and it was a strict regulation
+that a call for help be never made in jest.</p>
+
+<p>“Let’s go,” called Garry, and away they started.
+They had made less than fifty yards, when borne on
+the breeze came the sound of Dick’s voice.</p>
+
+<p>Garry stopped swimming for a moment, and began
+to tread water, while he looked toward the spot
+that had been Dick’s goal when he swam away.
+Dick could be seen standing on the bank beckoning
+wildly to them.</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XI<br/>A LUCKY FIND</h2>
+
+<p>“Guess it’s nothing serious, Garry,” said Phil,
+who had followed Garry’s lead and stopped swimming
+long enough to see what the cause of the call
+was. “It looks as though he had made a discovery
+of some sort.”</p>
+
+<p>The chums put on an extra burst of speed, and
+soon had reached the spot where Dick was standing.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s all the commotion about?” inquired
+Garry half breathlessly, as they clambered up on
+to the bank. “We thought you were calling for
+help.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am truly sorry I frightened you, but I just
+found something that we may need before our stay
+at the camp is done,” and Dick led the way into
+the woods for a few feet. “I got out on the bank
+to rest a bit, and thought I saw signs of a camp
+having been here at one time or another, so I nosed
+around and tucked away in the brush I found this,”
+and displacing some of the debris that had fallen
+around the object, Dick disclosed a birch-bark
+canoe, made after Indian fashion.</p>
+
+<p>“I should say that was a find,” exclaimed Garry.
+“Now we can do all the exploring around here that
+we want to, and if we find nothing here we can
+portage the canoe across the woods to Dutton Lake
+and continue our investigation.”</p>
+
+<p>They were disappointed, however, for on dragging
+out the canoe, they found that a great hole
+had been torn in the bottom.</p>
+
+<p>“Now wouldn’t that jar you. I wish I had
+looked at it more carefully before I called to you,”
+said Dick in a disappointed tone.</p>
+
+<p>“Let your Uncle Dudley take a look,” ordered
+Garry. After a few moment’s investigation, he
+straightened up. “It can be repaired easily with
+what simple tools we have and a little help from
+old Mother Nature. Our only trouble will be a
+swim of about four miles. Two across to the point
+that I noted when I looked through my glasses, and
+two back to where we want to do our work, which
+had better be here.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think I begin to see faint glimmerings of what
+you intend to do,” said Phil, as he scanned the end
+of the lake that came within his vision. Phil had
+abnormally keen eyes, and could often see things
+that the other boys required a glass to discern.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, Sherlock, what do I intend to do?” asked
+Garry with a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>“It seems to me, if my eyes don’t fail me, that I
+can see a sort of a white clump of woods about two
+miles distant, at least the sunshine casts a brighter
+glare than it does on the green of the pines and
+spruces. Now to me that spells b-i-r-c-h. Am I
+right?”</p>
+
+<p>“Right again. That’s just what I have in mind.
+Let’s start. We ought to be able to have a fine
+canoe by noon if we don’t loiter.”</p>
+
+<p>They swam back to where they had left their
+clothes, and it was decided that Phil should stay
+behind to guard their clothes, packs and rifles.
+Garry got his hatchet and sheath off his belt, and
+tucked his knife safely into the sheath of the axe
+blade. Then by knotting two of the bandanna
+handkerchiefs that they customarily wore about
+their necks, he made a sort of a strap affair and
+tied the axe securely on his back between his shoulder
+blades. This left his arms perfectly free for
+swimming, and then he and Dick set out with easy
+strokes for their destination across the lake. They
+took plenty of time and occasionally rolled over to
+float on their backs so that they could rest. At
+last, after several resting spells, which were mainly
+for Garry’s benefit, as Dick could have done the
+whole distance without fatiguing himself in the
+slightest, they reached the clump of birches.</p>
+
+<p>Resting a few moments on the bank, they proceeded
+to strip a good section of bark from one of
+the birches. This was a simple matter, as all that
+was necessary to do was to cut a girdle around the
+tree a few inches from the bottom, and another
+about three feet above. Then a vertical cut was
+made between the two girdles, and after about
+twenty minutes of prying the bark from the trunk
+with the knife, the two taking turns at the task,
+they had the roll of bark neatly cut off.</p>
+
+<p>“Now if we could only find a swampy place
+around here where there would be some tamarack
+trees, we could get a couple of the crooked roots for
+which the tamarack is noted, and that would furnish
+us with a rib for the canoe. As it is, we will
+have to makeshift with that twisted birch branch
+that I see, which Nature seemed to have put there
+for our particular use today,” and Garry proceeded
+to get the branch as he spoke.</p>
+
+<p>“We can roll this up and tie it with a strip of
+handkerchief, and push it along with us on the
+return swim. Then it will be a small job to repair
+the canoe.”</p>
+
+<p>“What are you going to use to attach it to the
+bottom of the canoe where it is broken,” asked
+Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“I have something in my knapsack. For some
+reason or other, while in Bangor, I bought a ball of
+extra fine linen cord, and one day while we were in
+the woods at Sourdehunq I needed some shoemaker’s
+wax, and didn’t have it, so last time we were
+in town I bought a piece. I never expected to use
+it to repair a boat with, however, just bought the
+stuff in case an occasion arose where we might
+need it. Now it will come in handy,” and as he
+finished, Garry slipped back into the water. The
+return trip occupied somewhat longer, as the bark
+was a bit unwieldy as they pushed it ahead of them.</p>
+
+<p>When they returned to the spot where they had
+left Phil, the sun was almost in the center of the
+sky, denoting it was near noon. They found that
+Phil had improved the time while they were absent
+and had started a fire and caught several good bass.</p>
+
+<p>“Best fishing here I ever saw. I don’t believe a
+line has been thrown in this patch of water for
+years, the fish just jump at the bait,” shouted Phil
+with the true Isaac Walton enthusiasm.</p>
+
+<p>“I also got a couple of pickerel that were so foolish
+as to leap at my bait, and have enough for dinner
+and some to take back to the camp with us
+tonight.”</p>
+
+<p>All were so eager to get at the business of fixing
+the boat, that they hurried through lunch with
+extra speed. Then they sped through the woods to
+the spot where the old canoe had been found.</p>
+
+<p>As Garry prepared to repair the boat, he began
+to laugh at something that seemed to be amusing
+him greatly.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us in on the joke,” asked Phil. “You are
+grinning there to yourself like a Cheshire cat.”</p>
+
+<p>“I was just thinking that either Barrows is a
+fool or takes us for brainless idiots. The idea of
+telling us that there was nothing in the camp with
+which a boat could be calked, and there are only
+some hundreds of square miles in the state just full
+of the finest thing in the world. Nothing more
+than the pitch on the pine trees all around us.”</p>
+
+<p>“I noticed it this morning when the manager
+remarked about it, but thought it just as well to
+keep my knowledge to myself,” remarked Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“All right, then, you fellows set to work with
+your knives and dig a lot of those pitch lumps off
+the trees and then start a fire and melt it in your
+drinking cup. It will spoil the cup, but we can
+easily get another one,” directed Garry.</p>
+
+<p>The boys immediately set about doing his bidding,
+and as they worked, Garry got out his knapsack
+and proceeded to rummage through it for the
+linen cord and the shoemaker’s wax. Having
+found them, he set to work to wax the cord thoroughly,
+making it less likely to shrink. Next he
+examined the broken rib of the canoe, and determined
+how much of the birch branch he would
+need to repair it. He took his knife and shaved a
+long diagonal slant on the piece of rib in the canoe,
+then matched the slant on the piece of branch.
+Having fixed them so they would fit, he took a
+piece of fishing line and wound it carefully around
+the joint, starting several inches above where the
+two pieces joined, and continuing for several inches
+onto the firm wood beyond the spot where the repair
+was made. This is called “splicing.” Most
+boys have spliced a fishing pole or a broken bat in
+much the same way.</p>
+
+<p>The rib having been spliced, the next step was
+the patching of the hole. Garry got the birch bark,
+and laid it over the gaping rent in the bottom of
+the craft, and marked a line around so that it overlapped
+the hole by about four inches. The extra
+bark was then trimmed away, and he was ready to
+sew it on. He took the awl blade of his knife and
+punched a series of holes around, piercing both the
+patch and the bark of the canoe. Having done this,
+he called for the hot pitch and poured it on around
+the edge of the hole. Then he firmly laid the patch
+on, and as the pitch cooled it formed a sort of a
+natural mucilage. Garry had previously waxed one
+end of the cord so that it would be easy to stick it
+through the holes, and working swiftly he threaded
+the cord in. When the job was completed, he reversed
+his steps, so that the result was a firmly
+sewn patch.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing else remained to do but to daub hot
+pitch liberally over the seam on both sides, and calk
+the edges where the patch was attached to the
+craft.</p>
+
+<p>“There,” said Garry, as he stepped back and
+proudly surveyed his handiwork. “That’s a craft
+that will be as seaworthy, or rather as lakeworthy,
+if there is such a word, as one could want.”</p>
+
+<p>“Um, let me see,” mused Dick aloud, as he
+looked over the canoe. “There’s one other quite
+necessary thing to be done.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, smarty, what is there to be done,” asked
+Garry a trifle hotly.</p>
+
+<p>“I was just wondering whether we would rig up
+a sail or have you a gas engine in your knapsack
+with which to make this gallant ship navigate?”
+asked Dick as he burst into laughter, in which he
+was joined, first by Phil, and a bit later by Garry,
+when he saw that the joke was on him.</p>
+
+<p>“Phil, you’re the handy man with the knife, what
+say to a couple of paddles?” asked Garry after the
+laughter had subsided.</p>
+
+<p>“Have ’em for you in an hour. That’s quick
+work, however, and I won’t promise you a very
+handsome product.”</p>
+
+<p>“We won’t bother about looks as long as they
+will propel the canoe through the water. That remark
+of Dick’s about the sail, although it was intended
+to be humorous, isn’t such a bad idea either,
+only there is no way that I can think of right now
+to make a sail. We’ll browse around the camp
+when we get back and see if we can dig up a bit of
+canvas and make one of those lateen sails, you
+know those triangular shaped affairs such as the
+boats in the Mediterranean use,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>While he was talking, Phil had already set to
+work to make a pair of paddles. “Now you chaps
+watch me, and after I have fixed one with the axe,
+or as much as one can do with an axe blade, I’ll get
+to work with the knife,” he said.</p>
+
+<p>Phil selected spruce about five inches in diameter
+and felled it to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>“I hate to spoil a perfectly good tree, but in this
+case certainly necessity knows no law.”</p>
+
+<p>He chopped off two sections a little over five feet
+in length, and then proceeded to hew one swiftly
+into a board. This took some little time, despite
+the fact that he worked at top speed every moment.
+His last work with the axe was to fashion very
+crudely the handle.</p>
+
+<p>“Now I am going to whittle just the top and a
+place where the hand will come in contact with the
+neck or shaft of the paddle. To try and smooth it
+up would take too long, and all that really needs
+to be smooth are the places where we will have to
+hold it. If it was left rough we would soon accumulate
+a crop of blisters. While I am whittling, you
+chaps can fashion that other section into form as I
+did.”</p>
+
+<p>After he had whittled enough, Phil sprang to
+his feet and said, “If I am not mistaken, I saw an
+old bottle near the remains of a campfire, and that
+will be just what I want.” He sped away to where
+he had seen the vestiges of some fisherman’s fire,
+and soon found what he required. He smashed this
+against a stone, and with the fragments scraped the
+spots he had whittled smooth and free from lumps.</p>
+
+<p>The second paddle was not long in the making,
+but the entire job had taken well over three hours.
+“We have about three hours before it is time to eat,
+and we might as well put our canoe to the test, and
+see if it works,” announced Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“Time to eat! Don’t you ever think of anything
+but eating?” demanded Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir; when I’m not thinking about time to
+eat, I’m thinking about what to eat,” responded
+Dick promptly.</p>
+
+<p>“Say, Phil, he’s hopeless. What say we make
+for that outlet at the far end of the lake. We
+might just as well do that as anything, since we
+have no real plan of action. Then tomorrow we
+can make a complete tour of the lake, and thus get
+a comprehensive idea of the whole body of water.”</p>
+
+<p>The canoe was launched, and the boys climbed
+in. Garry and Phil elected to paddle, leaving Dick
+to sit in the middle.</p>
+
+<p>“If that patch will hold Dick up, you can be sure
+it’s a good job, Garry,” laughed Phil, as they
+pushed off.</p>
+
+<p>“So that was why you chaps were so kind as to
+do all the paddling. I’m to be the happy little subject
+of the experiment. Well, if I get a ducking
+there is some consolation in the fact that you two
+will follow suit,” said Dick good naturedly.</p>
+
+<p>Garry had done a fine bit of work, however, and
+the craft proved to be all that they hoped it would.
+They made it dance through the water and were
+delighted to find that they could make much better
+speed than in the ordinary wooden canoe. The
+only thing necessary, however, was to keep perfectly
+quiet, as the balance of a bark craft is a
+much more precarious thing than that of a solid
+factory made canoe.</p>
+
+<p>It took them but a short time to reach the outlet,
+and they beached their boat and started on a
+tour down the stream, which was a shallow, weedy
+affair.</p>
+
+<p>Their early scout training, and their need of
+vigilance during their patrolling of the woods when
+on duty as fire rangers had made their powers of
+observation especially keen, and it was second nature
+almost for them to note signs of trail that
+would be unseen by one unversed in the lore of the
+woods and forests.</p>
+
+<p>They had walked about a quarter of a mile, when
+Phil’s exclamation made them pause.</p>
+
+<p>“There’s fresh trail there, or I’m no good at sign
+reading any more,” remarked Phil. The boys
+gazed at the ground and quickly saw that Phil was
+right.</p>
+
+<p>With no wasted words, they turned and followed
+the slightly outlined trail. It took only a few minutes
+for them to reach a crude log shack, one that
+had evidently been constructed early that summer,
+as the fresh cut logs showed.</p>
+
+<p>The door swung loose on crude rope hinges, and
+after debating a moment they decided to enter:
+They found practically nothing in the way of furniture.
+There were no bunks, but a pile of boughs
+had been thrown in each corner, and a rough table
+had been built in a corner of the hut. On this reposed
+several dirty tin dishes. The remains of the
+food were still fresh, showing that someone had
+eaten there within the past day or so.</p>
+
+<p>“That means that they are apt to be back at any
+time, and so we’d better light out. It may be some
+camper and it may be some enemy. I am inclined
+to think it the latter, for a camper would have taken
+some pains to make things just a little bit more comfortable,”
+said Garry. “I think, however, we will
+plan to keep watch of this place and see who happens
+to occupy it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I can tell you right now that it is someone
+from the logging camp. One of those who are
+mixed up in the trouble there. Look under that
+table on the floor!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XII<br/>DICK DISAPPEARS</h2>
+
+<p>The others bent forward curiously and gazed at
+the floor. There, laying in a little mess of debris,
+as though it had slipped from the pocket of some
+one who had been sitting at the table, was the knife
+with Dick’s name on it, that he had bought of the
+sidewalk merchant in Bangor!</p>
+
+<p>“Isn’t that conclusive proof that it’s someone
+from the camp?” demanded Dick as he rescued the
+knife.</p>
+
+<p>“It surely is, and they are up to no good. Why
+should anyone from the cutting have a place over
+here? It’s a signal for us to get out and get out
+quick. There’s one good thing, though, we can set
+the hermit to watching over here and leave ourselves
+free to go about other business. We’ll pace
+out the distances and draw a rough map and leave it
+in the tree postoffice so that the old fellow can come
+over here and keep watch,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>Being careful to leave no traces of having been
+in the cabin, they hastened outside. They had
+hardly gone two feet, though, when Dick darted
+back. He rejoined his companions almost instantly,
+and answered their puzzled stare with this explanation:</p>
+
+<p>“I’ve just sacrificed my good knife. The thought
+came to me that one of them, the man who found it,
+might have remembered dropping it there, and
+would at once know that someone had been in the
+cabin if it was missing.”</p>
+
+<p>“Good headwork, Dick,” said Garry approvingly.</p>
+
+<p>They took it on the run back to where their
+canoe was beached, and soon were on their way
+back across the lake.</p>
+
+<p>“I wish that we had more time without fear of
+interruption,” said Garry, “for it is likely that the
+occupants of the cabin have a canoe hidden somewhere
+along the bank of the lake. Safest thing
+now, however, is to get back to the other side of
+the lake, where we have an excuse for being.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am afraid that there will be little use in watching
+that cabin, however, for it is quite probable
+that Barrows will warn those who are living there
+that we are swimming and fishing around the lake,
+and advise them to seek a new hiding place,” observed
+Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a fact,” answered Garry. “Still, there’s
+no harm in trying. It was only by extreme carefulness
+in watching for signs that we discovered that
+trail. It was probably the one that the men use to
+get water, and the cabin is well hidden. One would
+not stumble on it casually in a long time.”</p>
+
+<p>It was sundown by this time, and they held a
+council to decide whether they would camp there
+for the night or go back to the lumber camp. They
+were all anxious to visit the big lake, however, and
+so it was decided to return.</p>
+
+<p>“After the camp is quiet we can skip out and
+visit our other objective,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>Taking their fish out of the water, where they
+had been placed to keep fresh, they trekked towards
+home. It was about dark when they reached the
+camp, and about the first person they met was Barrows.
+He was all curiosity to know how they had
+spent the day, and they returned equivocal answers,
+being careful to make no mention of the canoe
+which they had carefully hidden before starting
+away from the lake.</p>
+
+<p>The manager admired the fish, and thanked the
+boys for offering them to provide breakfast on the
+coming day. Pleading their strenuous walk and
+day as an excuse, they retired early to the shack.</p>
+
+<p>Here a campaign was speedily decided on. Dick
+was to go back to the office and chat for a few
+moments, while the others slipped out of camp.
+This would make it appear that they were in the
+neighborhood, and after a reasonable time, Dick
+could return and retire for the night.</p>
+
+<p>Dick wandered back to the office to engage the
+manager in a talk about fishing and the possibility
+of a long hike to extend over a week or more, while
+Garry and Phil made for the lake.</p>
+
+<p>The tote road that had been made to transport
+the sawed lumber ran for a short distance along
+the lakeside. Here there was a slightly wider place
+made so that the tractors that met each other could
+pass with ease. The ground was here covered with
+broken branches and debris of all sorts, well
+tramped into the ground. Garry flashed his lamp
+about and searched for signs of any sort, but
+seemed to find none. Then he went to the lake edge
+and peered about.</p>
+
+<p>Some peculiar formation of rock made a sort of
+a ledge that stood about three feet above the water.
+This ledge interested Garry immensely, but he said
+nothing as he wanted more time to puzzle out the
+situation before coming to any definite conclusions.
+At the point where the tote road had been widened,
+there was a triple string of broad wheeled flat cars
+loaded with lumber.</p>
+
+<p>“Now I wonder why these cars were left here,”
+asked Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s easy. The drivers knock off work at a
+regular hour, and when that time comes, if they
+have not gone very far on their trip, they simply
+come back to the camp and wait until morning.
+That is to prevent accidents which running in the
+dark might bring about,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Hush, what’s that?” asked Phil. Both boys listened
+intently. Far off across the lake they heard
+a faint chugging noise. Sometimes it seemed to
+cease altogether, then as the breeze stirred they
+could hear it, getting fainter and fainter.</p>
+
+<p>“Phil, I’ve discovered the secret of the stolen
+timber or I’m a Chinaman. That noise solves the
+whole proposition. That sound that we heard is
+the engine of a powerful motor boat. And Barrows
+insisted that there was no kind of water transportation
+on either lake. Now why should he lie about
+it unless he had some ulterior motive in covering
+up the presence of a boat? This is the answer or
+I’ll return from our mission and tell Dad I’m not
+bright enough to solve the mystery.”</p>
+
+<p>“What have you doped out,” asked Phil, as
+Garry paused for a moment.</p>
+
+<p>“Just this. I’ll bet you a dollar to a doughnut
+that the drivers that are in on this timber stealing
+business have it so arranged that there is always a
+load of cars waiting here overnight. That’s step
+number one. Now we have a rock formation here
+that makes a perfectly good wharf. Next you have
+noticed that all the chips and bits of broken
+branches strewn between the turnout here and that
+strip of rock. That’s just to hide the footprints that
+are made by the thieves. So far so good. How
+does this strike you? That motor boat that we
+heard is a big one, at least it had immense pulling
+strength. I know enough about engines to tell from
+the sound how good they are. That boat is probably
+used to draw a raft across the lake. Just after
+midnight, or some safe time during the dark hours,
+a raft can be backed against that natural wharf
+there, and in half an hour enough lumber can be
+carried from the flat cars to the raft to make it a
+profitable night’s work. Why, the whole thing is
+as plain as a pikestaff. Phil, we’ve got everything
+nearly dead to rights now!”</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the next step then, old timer? Shall we
+hike out and write, or wire your father to come on
+so we can show him what’s going on?” questioned
+Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“Not yet a bit, there’s still something else we
+must find out. Is this a part of the treachery to
+ruin Dad’s enterprise here, or is it a private bit of
+work on the part of Barrows?”</p>
+
+<p>“How’s this for a guess? The people that are
+behind Barrows, meaning those that have bribed
+him to play false to the trust your father put in
+him, may have outlined this whole scheme, and
+offered to give Barrows as his pay what he can
+make off the stolen timber. At the rate that it has
+been disappearing, one-fifth and one-quarter at a
+time, as the report that Howells received would
+show, and at the price which lumber is bringing today,
+that would be pretty good pay for one summer.
+Chances are that the interests that are opposing
+Mr. Boone are paying all the expenses.
+Their only idea is to put him out of business for
+breaking up their combination and going into business
+on his own hook. If that’s the kind of men
+they are, I don’t blame your father for getting out
+of the combination.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think you have the right idea, Phil. My, I
+wish we had our canoe over here. We could paddle
+across the lake and investigate the other side
+and see what is done with the timber once it is
+rafted over the water,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“No use in wishing. Best thing we can do is hike
+for home and turn in. Then tomorrow we can
+make arrangements to go on, say a three day hike.
+We can portage the canoe across country, and hide
+out along the bank until nightfall. The moon is in
+its last quarter now, and by night after tomorrow
+it will be dark. We can paddle out well into the
+lake and wait for what transpires. When we hear
+the raft and motor boat coming we can paddle far
+enough to be unobserved and then follow it by
+sound. The boat will probably travel without lights
+for two reasons. First, it is safe enough as there is
+probably no other craft on the lake, and secondly,
+they will not want to attract any undue attention.
+Then we can note the spot where the raft docks,
+and in the morning can follow it to whatever rail
+spur the stuff is taken. With what help Howells
+may be able to give us on the outside, we ought to
+have the thing pretty well in hand. What do you
+think of my suggestion?” asked Phil almost breathlessly,
+as he concluded.</p>
+
+<p>“Phew, that’s the longest speech I ever heard you
+make, Phil, but you sure said something every minute.
+That’s what we’ll do. Now let’s get back.”</p>
+
+<p>The whole occurrence had taken less than an
+hour and a half, and when they reached the camp
+they noted that a light was still burning in the
+manager’s office. On arriving at their shack they
+were somewhat surprised to find that Dick was not
+there.</p>
+
+<p>“He’s doing a good job,” laughed Garry.
+“Either he is really interested in what Barrows has
+to say, or he is playing to give us time to do what
+we wanted to. Well, he can stay there all night
+if he wants to, I’m going to roll into my blanket
+and dream sweet dreams. Dick’s a night hawk
+anyway most of the time. Goodnight.” And Garry
+yawned and soon was fast asleep. Later development
+will show that it would have been wise on
+the part of the boys to look in on the manager at
+that time. Had they done so, their work would
+have been greatly simplified. However, they were
+not mind readers and so days of trouble were in
+store for them.</p>
+
+<p>Morning came, and when Garry, always the first
+one to awake, tumbled out of bed, he cast one look
+at Dick’s bunk, and then rushing over to the other
+side of the shack, vigorously shook Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the matter?” demanded Phil in a
+startled voice, sitting upright in his bunk. “Anything
+the trouble?”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s what I cannot tell you right this minute,
+Phil, but Dick hasn’t been here all night!”</p>
+
+<p>Phil leaped out of his bunk and looked at the
+spot where their companion usually slept. The
+blankets were still neatly in place, and it needed
+only a glance to see that no one had used it that
+night.</p>
+
+<p>The boys hurried into their clothes and rushed
+to the office building where Barrows and the camp
+officers slept. No one was stirring, and Garry was
+about to pound on the door when he saw the
+cookee coming from the cookhouse with a pail in
+each hand for the morning cooking water.</p>
+
+<p>Garry called to him and asked if he had seen
+Dick that morning.</p>
+
+<p>“Naw,” was the grouchy answer. “Why should
+I have seen him? I don’t know anything about
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>The sound of the voices awakened Barrows and
+he came and stuck his head out of the window.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the matter?” he asked.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, Dick hasn’t been around all night, and
+we were looking for him. Have you seen him
+since last night?” asked Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“I haven’t seen him since the three of you went
+to your shack last night!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII<br/>THE CIPHER</h2>
+
+<p>The boys were dumbfounded by Barrows’
+answer.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s that you say?” demanded Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“I said I had not seen him since the three of you
+went to your shack last night to turn in. Isn’t that
+plain enough?” reiterated the manager.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, all we know is that just after we got to
+the shack, Dick left to come back here and have a
+chat with you and get some information about the
+country, as we had some little thought of taking a
+week’s hike up into the wild lands that lie to the
+northwest.”</p>
+
+<p>“If he started for this office he never got here, for
+I sat up late trying to straighten out the tangle that
+Howells left behind him. No one came near the
+office all that time. Perhaps your chum has gone
+off on some little private expedition.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry was quick to notice that there was a malicious
+ring in the manager’s voice. At once the
+uncomfortable feeling overcame him that their night’s
+work had been discovered. Garry was at a loss
+what course to pursue. He could make no accusation
+of any kind, for Dick might have stumbled on
+some clue that took him off on the trail.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, you can understand that we are a little
+bit worried over the matter, especially since this is
+strange country to Dick. He might have wandered
+into the woods and got lost.” Garry knew that this
+was next to impossible, but he could think of nothing
+better to say at the moment.</p>
+
+<p>“My advice is that you wait a bit, and you will
+probably find that he is all right. He’ll very likely
+show up in a little while. I wouldn’t worry,” said
+Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>There was nothing to do for the moment but take
+the manager’s advice, and the boys returned to the
+shack.</p>
+
+<p>“Phil, there’s bad business afoot here somewhere.
+At such a time as this, Dick would not have gone
+off to follow a clue without leaving us some sort
+of a note or even a sign. He could leave a half a
+dozen different signs that we all know to denote
+trouble. He hasn’t taken anything with him. His
+rifle is still there and so is his pack. If it were
+some mission of danger that he had gone on he
+would at least have taken his rifle. Now what
+shall we do?”</p>
+
+<p>“Let’s give him till noon in case it was such a
+hurried matter that he had not time to run back for
+his rifle. We might even wait until six o’clock.
+You know we have always made it a rule that we
+should never be gone more than twenty-four hours
+on a search without letting the others know in some
+way that we are safe. Sundown tonight would not
+be exactly twenty-four hours, but it would be near
+enough,” advised Phil. Garry agreed that this was
+sound advice and they went off to breakfast. They
+found Barrows was almost through.</p>
+
+<p>“Why don’t you fellows start out this morning
+and look for him? One of you could go in one
+direction and one in the other. If you know anything
+of the woods, you could soon find signs of
+him if he were wandering about,” suggested Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>Garry told him that they had decided to wait
+until nightfall before getting really worried. At
+this the manager allowed a satisfied gleam to show
+in his eyes. Both the boys were narrowly watching
+him, and noted this. After breakfast they came
+back to the shack, and once safe inside, Garry whispered
+to Phil:</p>
+
+<p>“Watch every move from now on. That business
+of Barrows telling us to go in different directions
+on such a wild goose chase was entirely too
+obvious. He wants us to get separated. Keep your
+rifle close by you every minute, and tonight we’ll
+establish a watch same as we have done in the
+woods when there was danger near. First thing
+this morning is to go to the spot where we agreed
+to leave notes for the hermit, and leave a letter telling
+him what has happened and asking him to take
+a look at the shack on the other side of Kanamo
+Lake.”</p>
+
+<p>Hastily writing the note, and watching that they
+were not followed they slipped out of the camp and
+ran to the appointed postoffice.</p>
+
+<p>Garry reached his hand in as a matter of course,
+and was surprised to find that there was a note in
+the natural receptacle.</p>
+
+<p>He brought it out, and with Phil leaning over his
+shoulder, read it. It contained a distinct shock for
+both. Here was what they read:</p>
+
+<p>“Attacked by men and letter to your father
+stolen. Hit on head and left lying in road. Use
+all caution. The Bear is in the woods.”</p>
+
+<p>The usual lone pine symbol was attached.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, we are discovered, Garry,” said Phil.
+“Barrows must have had the hermit followed and
+has read the letter. I wouldn’t be a bit surprised
+if he knew what we talked about last night. Question
+now is whether he was instrumental in bringing
+about Dick’s absence.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am afraid that we have sort of made a mess
+of things, Phil. We haven’t given Barrows enough
+credit, or else we have been too sure of ourselves.
+There is a good chance, however, and this note
+makes me think it highly likely that Jean LeBlanc
+may have captured Dick again. You know he
+seems determined to do him harm, even more so
+than us, for he and Dick have tangled up three or
+four times now, and each time Dick has managed
+to elude him and make more or less of a fool of
+him. This naturally would make an even more
+implacable enemy of the vengeful halfbreed. Let’s
+get back to camp and wait awhile. We will pry
+about the entire camp to see if there is any sign of
+Dick, and also we will be safer for the time being.
+Don’t think I am cowardly, only we want to take
+no chances if we are to help Dick and at the same
+time complete our mission here.”</p>
+
+<p>They returned to the camp, and as they walked,
+Garry tore the hermit’s note into tiny, indistinguishable
+fragments, throwing each tiny particle to the
+winds.</p>
+
+<p>The day dragged on, although they tried to make
+it pass quickly by searching through the camp.
+Night came at last, and they turned in. Before
+retiring they arranged for alternate watches, and
+also decided that on the morrow they would insist
+that a message be sent for Mr. Boone. The boys
+had almost decided that rather than allow Dick to
+fall into greater danger by protracting the time of
+a systematic search, they would tell what they had
+learned to Mr. Boone and let him force the issue of
+the stolen timber.</p>
+
+<p>It was nearly eleven o’clock and Phil, who was on
+watch, was about to wake Garry for his turn at
+sentry duty, when he heard a cautious fumbling at
+the door, and the sound of a low malediction when
+the intruder found that it was locked. There was
+silence for a moment, and then Phil heard the
+sound of someone breathing heavily at the window.
+He crept noiselessly to Garry’s bunk, and holding
+his hand over his chum’s mouth lest he make a sudden
+noise, shook him awake. Garry was aroused in
+an instant, and all sleep vanished. He knew from
+feeling Phil’s hands against his mouth that caution
+was needed.</p>
+
+<p>Having roused Garry, Phil crept back to the window
+just in time to hear a faint swish. Instantly
+he knew that the intruder was cutting the double
+thickness of heavy mosquito bar with a knife, and
+guided by the sound, clubbed his rifle and brought
+it down with full force. There was a howl of pain,
+and the sound of someone running away at top
+speed.</p>
+
+<p>“Must have clipped that chap either on the head
+or the hand,” whispered Phil. “Guess he won’t be
+here again tonight.”</p>
+
+<p>“Looks as though the war was on. You roll in
+and I’ll watch for a couple of hours now. Good
+thing we used our old trick of sentry work, or we
+might be in a bad position right now,” answered
+Garry.</p>
+
+<p>For another hour nothing happened. Then there
+was a pounding at the door and Barrows’ voice was
+heard calling the names of Garry and Phil. Suspecting
+a trick, both boys reached for their rifles,
+and after lighting a candle, Garry covered the door
+with his rifle while Phil opened it.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows stepped in and seemed to be taken back
+by the sight of the rifle leveled at his head.</p>
+
+<p>“Why the military greeting?” he asked with an
+attempt at good humor.</p>
+
+<p>“Taking no chances,” answered Garry briefly,
+for he had a feeling that it was almost time to tear
+the mask away. “We had one visitor here tonight,
+and we didn’t know what to expect.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry explained his statement about the visitor
+by briefly telling of the attempt that had been made
+to enter the cabin an hour previously. Barrows
+passed this off by offering the suggestion that some
+of the lumbermen were naturally ruffians, and might
+have wanted to commit burglary.</p>
+
+<p>“What I woke you up for was to tell you that a
+man has come here with a note that he refuses to
+deliver to anyone but you boys. He’s at my office
+now, and all he will say is that your friend Dick’s
+safety depends on obeying what is in the note. Of
+course I could have summoned some of the men and
+had him overpowered, but thought you boys might
+like to handle the matter for yourselves.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys put on their shoes and coats, for they
+had gone to bed almost fully dressed, and prepared
+to follow Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>“Careful now,” whispered Garry, as he passed
+Phil.</p>
+
+<p>There seemed to be little need for caution, however,
+for they were unmolested on their way. At
+the office they found an unkempt dirty looking individual.</p>
+
+<p>“Be these the boys,” he asked of Barrows, pointing
+a dirty finger at Garry and Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, these are the ones. Now state your business
+and do it quick,” snapped Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>“This letter tells the hull story,” answered the
+man in a hoarse voice, and he handed a crumpled
+piece of paper to Garry.</p>
+
+<p>The leader of the Rangers took the note and read
+it in silence, then handed it over to Phil.</p>
+
+<p>What they read was this:</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-right:2em;'>“Have been captured by Jean LeBlanc. Have
+been forced to write this letter to you. LeBlanc
+wants a thousand dollars for my freedom. You
+are either to bring it with you, or make arrangements
+for its delivery at a spot known to the bearer
+of this letter. Warn you that any attempt to molest
+bearer will result in serious injury or worse to me.
+You know I would not ask this unless I were in
+grave peril. Don’t fail me. Follow bearer’s directions.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-right:2em;'>“Being emergency will ask ransom emphatically.</p>
+
+<p style='text-align:right; margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0;'>“<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Dick Wallace</span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s Dick’s writing, sure enough. He must
+have been tortured into writing that letter, else he
+would never have done it,” said Garry between his
+teeth. “Now Barrows, the time has come for a
+showdown. What do you know about this matter?
+Speak up, and speak up quick!”</p>
+
+<p>“What should I know about it. I don’t know
+what’s in the letter about your friend,” answered
+Barrows taken back by the tone of Garry’s grim
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>“How do you know it’s about our friend?” demanded
+Garry quick as a flash.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, the bearer here told me that it had to do
+with one of the three boys who were staying here,”
+answered Barrows weakly.</p>
+
+<p>“I think you’re lying, Barrows, but I can’t prove
+it. Here, read the letter.”</p>
+
+<p>He handed the crumpled note over to the
+manager, who took it and read it in silence. Then he
+burst into a protest.</p>
+
+<p>“I never heard of this Jean LeBlanc. Why do
+you connect me with the matter? I never even
+heard the name LeBlanc.”</p>
+
+<p>“You had a Baptiste LeBlanc working for you
+until Howells insisted that he be discharged, didn’t
+you?” continued Garry implacably.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, there may have been a man of that name.
+I remember Howells insisting that a man be discharged,
+but I never pay much attention to the
+names of the lumberjacks, at least to their last
+names. I leave that to the timekeeper and the section
+bosses. You misunderstand me entirely. I
+am ready to give you all my help. What do you
+propose to do?”</p>
+
+<p>“First place I am going to start back with this
+man here and look into the matter. Of course we
+have no money to take with us, but I am going to
+be assured that Dick is safe. You will get the necessary
+ransom from the bank at town, and thirty-six
+hours from now you will start with it to some
+place where this man will appoint. We will be
+there at the time with Dick. In the meantime telegraph
+my father to get here with all speed. Now,
+Barrows, I’m putting this matter up to you. If you
+fail in any way it will be so much the worse for you.
+I’m trusting you only because I have to in an
+emergency. Don’t fall down, or we’ll make you
+the sorriest man you could ever dream of being.
+Phil, keep these men covered with your rifle until I
+go back and get our packs. Don’t let them stir out
+of your sight or move a finger.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry concluded his words, and tearing a leaf
+from his notebook, wrote hastily for several moments,
+then left the cabin. Barrows made as
+though he would follow, but a menacing gesture
+from Phil made him keep his seat.</p>
+
+<p>Once outside the cabin, Garry sped away into the
+woods like a deer. He was extremely cautious with
+every step, however, lest a snag or root trip him
+and disable him at this crucial moment. The note
+that he had written contained explicit directions to
+the hermit to get word to Mr. Boone by telegraph,
+and then see if he could pick up their trail and follow
+them. He knew the old man was an expert at
+trailing, and Garry wrote that he would leave signs
+on the way from the hollow tree postoffice.</p>
+
+<p>The return to the camp was somewhat slower,
+for he stopped occasionally to blaze an X in a tree,
+or dig a slight hole in the ground with his toe. He
+wished that he had time to make a more distinct
+trail, but there was the danger that a plain one
+might be noted by one of Barrows’ aides, and obliterated.
+He was trusting that the hermit could
+find it, versed as he was in all the lore of the
+woods.</p>
+
+<p>Back at the office with his knapsack and that of
+Phil, he asked what had transpired while he was
+gone. Phil told him that a meeting place had been
+agreed on.</p>
+
+<p>“Now,” said Garry sharply, “can you lead us
+where you came from in the dark?”</p>
+
+<p>“Guess I can, came here in the dark,” was the
+surly response of the guide.</p>
+
+<p>“Then start travelling. Now, Barrows, first sign
+of any treachery from anyone in the camp will
+mean that first I’ll shoot this guide and second anyone
+within range of my rifle. Now hike,” this last
+remark being addressed to the man.</p>
+
+<p>Out of the camp toward the northeast led the
+way, and as they walked Indian file, they took every
+step as though it were a path strewn with glass.
+Once outside the camp, having been bothered by no
+one, Garry called a halt.</p>
+
+<p>Keeping a sharp eye on the guide, Garry whispered
+to Phil:</p>
+
+<p>“Notice anything funny about that note of
+Dick’s?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not particularly, except that I took exceptional
+care to be sure that it was Dick’s writing,” answered
+Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“Did you remember the last line?” he questioned
+further.</p>
+
+<p>“I think I could repeat it over by heart.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then use your head and look for the very obvious
+code in the last six words,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>Phil repeated them aloud two or three times, then
+fell silent. Then he gave vent to a low exclamation.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, it’s as plain as the nose on your face.
+It’s just the first initials and they spell Beware!”</p>
+
+<p>“Exactly; that’s step number one. Now the
+second thing is the note itself. It was written on
+brown paper. Safe thing to write such a letter on,
+anyone might have it in his possession. The queer
+part is that on the shelf high over Barrows’ desk
+was a bundle of report blanks wrapped in the same
+identical kind of paper, only the wrapper was torn.
+I couldn’t think of any way to clear the office, but
+I bet I could have matched this scrap to the torn
+place in the report!”</p>
+
+<p>“Then you think that Dick has been at the camp
+all the time?” queried Phil half incredulously.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t think it, I’m sure of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“What are we to do, then?” asked Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“I have that all doped out. We’ll let this chap
+lead us a couple of miles or so further on and then
+overpower him and tie him up and leave him there
+while we double back and search the camp.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry gave the order to march again, and they
+started on their way. Had Garry been gifted with
+second sight, he would never have left the spot
+where they had held the conference, for they had
+gone only a short distance when the guide asked
+them to halt.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s it worth to you fellows if I tell you all
+about this business? You ain’t going to meet your
+friend where I’m taking you; it was just to get
+you away from the camp that I led you out here.
+But you can’t make me tell anything, or LeBlanc
+would kill me. But I’ll take a chance for money.”</p>
+
+<p>This sudden development puzzled Garry. He
+did not know exactly what to make of it, so he decided
+to temporize for a few minutes, and gain time
+to think.</p>
+
+<p>“Where is LeBlanc now?” he asked.</p>
+
+<p>“Right there at the camp was where I last saw
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>The answer was such a surprise that Garry’s
+guard was lowered for a moment, then there was a
+scurry and rush of feet, and a half a dozen forms
+leaped out from behind the trees near them, and
+before either boy could make a move with his rifle,
+they were in the hands of the enemy.</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV<br/>DICK’S MISFORTUNE</h2>
+
+<p>Now what of Dick all this time? Let us go back
+to the night when Garry and Phil had started for
+the Dutton Lake to see what could be found out
+about the stolen timber.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows, of course, had not told the truth when
+he said that he had not seen Dick after they had
+gone to their shack.</p>
+
+<p>He had come into the office as had been agreed
+upon, and engaged Barrows in conversation about
+fishing. Barrows had chatted cordially for a brief
+while, and then excused himself for a moment to
+give orders to one of the section bosses whom he
+heard outside.</p>
+
+<p>Dick heard him give the order to work on the
+coming day, delivered in a loud tone of voice, and
+almost instantly after the close of the conversation
+he came into the office again.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation was picked up where they had
+left off, and they chatted like old friends for nearly
+a half an hour.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, Dick heard the cookie calling for Barrows
+to come out a moment, and Barrows obeyed
+the summons. Knowing that the cookie was suspected
+of being in league with the traitors in the
+camp, Dick walked softly to the door and tried to
+hear what was being said, but as they were several
+feet from the entrance to the office, and speaking in
+the most cautious whispers, he could distinguish
+nothing that was being said. Suddenly the cookie
+darted away, and Barrows re-entered the cabin and
+stood leaning against the door.</p>
+
+<p>“Speaking about fish,” he remarked, looking
+malevolently at Dick, “they are foolish things since
+they always take bait. Now did you three boys
+take me for a fool entirely, and did you think that
+I would take any bait that was offered me? I know
+every move you made since you have been here,
+including your letter to Boone. Why, you poor,
+useless boy, I am playing for too big stakes here
+to let a pack of mere children balk me. Your work
+was clever if it had been against an ignorant man,
+but you’re done now.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick’s heart sank. He knew that a cog had
+slipped somewhere. They had been too sure of
+themselves. Barrows kept on talking in the same
+strain until Dick began to realize that he was
+merely talking against time. He rose to his feet
+and prepared to make a dash for the door, but realization
+came too late, for the door was thrown open
+and in stepped the arch enemy of the boys, Jean
+LeBlanc.</p>
+
+<p>“So, mon ami, we meet again. This is a mos’
+pleasant meeting, but you are not to escape so easily
+this time.”</p>
+
+<p>There was hatred in the halfbreed’s voice and in
+his eyes. Dick shivered inwardly, although he let
+no sign of fear be shown in his face or actions.</p>
+
+<p>“All the better to have you here this time, LeBlanc,
+you just walk into our hands; and this time
+you will see the inside of a jail for sure,” said Dick
+boldly.</p>
+
+<p>LeBlanc’s face darkened with rage. He made as
+though to reach for the knife that hung in his belt,
+but Barrows stopped him.</p>
+
+<p>“That will do, LeBlanc, I’ll handle this matter in
+my own way. Remember you’re working for me,
+and you do as I say or get out, and I’ll find another
+man for the job.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick was astonished at the way LeBlanc subsided.
+Evidently Barrows was a much braver man
+than they had given him credit for being; at any
+rate, he seemed to be the absolute master of the
+halfbreed.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, ma frien’, you are the boss, but perhaps
+another time, when I am not working for you, I
+will take care of this one. Now what we do with
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>“We will put him in the cellar under the storehouse
+for the present, then when we have captured
+his friends, we will have them taken to Misery
+Camp.”</p>
+
+<p>“Taking the others will be an easy matter, will it
+not? We shall just surround them like that and
+take them,” and he snapped his fingers with a derisive
+gesture.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s just what we won’t do. Why do you
+suppose I am going to the trouble of all this secrecy
+for? If it had been merely a matter of capturing
+them, it would have been done long ago. But they
+have been on their guard most of the time, and this
+camp is full of lumberjacks that worked for old
+man Boone. If they got wise to anything, they
+would have me strung up to a tree in no time, and
+one of the worst riots in the history of the lumber
+business would have been pulled off in this camp.
+No, sir, I am saving my skin.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why not get rid of those who would help
+them?” inquired Jean.</p>
+
+<p>“I am, just as fast as I can. Everything was all
+right till these boys showed up to play amateur detective.
+Now we must make a grand cleanup and
+work fast. Things are getting too hot.”</p>
+
+<p>“I, Jean LeBlanc, am giving you warning. The
+bes’ thing to do is to slip a knife in a place where it
+would do the most good. Every time they have
+cross my path, they have won, and Jean LeBlanc
+is not one who is easily beaten in anything.”</p>
+
+<p>“Bah, you make me tired, LeBlanc. They may
+have had a little luck and a lot of help, or else you
+didn’t know how to do your work. I’m here to tell
+you that Gene Barrows will not be fooled.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick had been sitting silently all this time, drinking
+in the conversation of the two men. They
+seemed not to be noticing him, and in a desperate
+attempt to make his escape, he darted for the door
+and succeeded in getting outside. But his triumph
+was short lived, for he had no more than attained
+the outside air, when he was seized by an iron grip
+by two men, and hauled ignominiously back into
+the office. He saw at once that his captors were
+LeBlanc’s brother, Baptiste, and the unknown chap
+who had been implicated with Baptiste in the attack
+on Howells.</p>
+
+<p>Dick reddened with rage at the laughter of his
+enemies, and vowed to himself that somehow, somewhere,
+he would pay them for their taunts.</p>
+
+<p>“Come, we are wasting time; the others may be
+back from their little spying expedition at any
+moment. Grab him, you two,” directed Barrows.
+Baptiste and the unknown, whose name Dick later
+learned was Fearon, seized him in no gentle grasp.
+One of them clasped a hard, dirty hand over his
+mouth to prevent any outcry, and they walked him
+across the camp to the storehouse.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows produced the key and threw open the
+door. Once inside, the door was carefully closed,
+and Barrows produced a candle which he lighted.
+Dick was searched and his knife and matches were
+taken away.</p>
+
+<p>Two heavy molasses barrels were rolled away,
+disclosing a trap in the floor. This was raised and
+a rude ladder was seen to lead below. Dick was
+mercilessly bundled down the hole, little care being
+taken as to whether or not he broke his neck as he
+slipped down the damp ladder.</p>
+
+<p>Then he heard the clatter of the trap door as it
+fell, and he was left alone in the dark.</p>
+
+<p>Once before Dick had been in a tight hole, and
+the lack of knife and matches had almost been his
+undoing. Thereafter he had guarded against this
+happening again. To this end he had contrived a
+secret pocket in the lapel of his coat, where a knife
+always reposed. Also inside of the sweatband of
+his hat were several matches rolled tightly in waterproof
+silk.</p>
+
+<p>He got out the matches, and lighting one, looked
+about him. He surveyed the room with a quick
+glance, for the matches were too precious to use
+too many of them. His quick survey showed that
+the underground room was bare of any furnishing;
+there was not even a blanket to sleep on. He
+lighted a second match and inspected the floor, discovering
+that both floor and walls were constructed
+of hand-hewed logs, and knew that it would take a
+week to dig through them with nothing but a pocket
+knife with which to work.</p>
+
+<p>The underground room was damp and musty,
+and Dick shivered.</p>
+
+<p>He wondered how long it would be before they
+took him out, and he began to do calisthenics vigorously
+to restore some warmth to his already
+chilled body.</p>
+
+<p>For a time he thought of crawling up the ladder
+and trying out his knife on the trap door, but he
+had noted that it was of triple thickness of inch
+boards and would probably blunt and dull his knife
+without making any great impression.</p>
+
+<p>There was one hope that someone might come
+into the storehouse above and he could rap on the
+door and let them know he was a prisoner there.</p>
+
+<p>After some moments of reflection, he decided
+that this would also be unavailing, for the cook
+must also be one of the traitors. It was not possible
+that he would be unaware of the secret room, and
+was in all probability a member of the gang.</p>
+
+<p>Dick was a healthy boy, and soon his eyes grew
+drowsy with sleep. He laid himself down on the
+hard floor, and as soon as his bones got accustomed
+to the floor, dropped off to sleep, sensibly refusing
+to worry and letting the morrow bring what it
+would.</p>
+
+<p>His last thought as he fell asleep was the hope
+that his companions would not fall into a trap as
+he had, although he half expected that he would be
+awakened any moment by the sound of the trap
+door opening, and the entry of his chums as prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>But when he awoke in the morning, he found
+that he was still alone. He unscrewed the cover of
+his watch face, and felt the hands, finding that it
+was nearly eight o’clock. So far no one had come,
+and he wondered if he was to be given anything to
+eat. Two weary hours dragged on, and then the
+trap was opened, and a pack of food lowered to
+him, together with a pail of coffee. He looked up
+and saw the cook and cookee peering down at him.
+Evidently they were going to take no chances of
+a surprise on his part, hence their coming in pairs.</p>
+
+<p>Dick called to them to ask when he was to be
+taken out, but they had evidently been instructed to
+hold no words with him, for they quickly lowered
+the trap and the barrels were again rolled into place.
+Dick’s last sight as the trap closed was the leering
+face of the cookee. He managed to eat his food in
+the dark, and resolved to ask for a blanket when
+next they came to bring him food.</p>
+
+<p>The day dragged as though on leaden feet, but
+no one appeared again. Dick thought that dinner
+would be brought to him, but none came, and he
+figured that perhaps there were too many watchers
+who would be inquisitive if they saw cooked food
+being carried to the storehouse. Perhaps Garry and
+Phil were on the watch. This gave Dick a thrill,
+for if his thoughts were true it meant that they had
+not been trapped in any way.</p>
+
+<p>Frequently he unscrewed the face of his watch
+and felt the hands to note the time. He resolved
+that his first step when he got back to civilization
+would be to buy a watch that had a radium dial so
+he could tell time in the dark.</p>
+
+<p>Dick had no idea but that he would get out, for
+he was one whose courage did not fail. Then, too,
+he trusted in the cleverness of his companions to
+get him out of the scrape.</p>
+
+<p>He was squatting on the floor Hindu fashion,
+about eleven o’clock, thinking that he would soon
+lie down and try to get some sleep, when the trap
+was opened, and Barrows’ voice bade him come up
+the ladder.</p>
+
+<p>He obeyed only too gladly, for the darkness and
+the chill of the cellar were beginning to get his
+nerve. In the storehouse he found that Barrows
+was accompanied by the LeBlanc brothers. This
+made any chance of a rough and tumble fight with
+the manager and possible dash for freedom out of
+the question.</p>
+
+<p>“Now there will be no fooling on your part, but
+you will sit down at this case here and write a note
+to your friends telling them that you have been captured
+by LeBlanc and are being held for ransom.
+That will please them, eh, Jean?”</p>
+
+<p>LeBlanc gave a wolfish grin. “At least it make
+them hurry to rescue their friend. They do not
+like me, those boys, any more than I like them.”</p>
+
+<p>“Suppose I refuse to write that note, what then?”
+demanded Dick.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I think we will let LeBlanc handle that
+end of it,” said Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>Jean LeBlanc’s face wore a diabolic smile as he
+took from his mouth the big-bowled pipe that he
+was smoking.</p>
+
+<p>“Once I saw an Indian torture a man to get from
+him a secret,” he said. “It was oh, so easy. All
+that he did was to thrust the man’s fingers, one by
+one, into the pipe bowl, and after the fifth finger,
+the man gave in.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick shuddered in spite of himself. He had
+heard of this Indian method of torture, and knew
+that LeBlanc was not only capable of doing it, but
+would take a fiendish pleasure in the operation.</p>
+
+<p>“Then if that fails, which I doubt, I give you
+warning that your chums will be seized on some
+pretext and sent out seemingly to jail with LeBlanc
+as their guard, and once away from the camp, will
+be given to him to do as he pleases,” said Barrows.
+“Now do you think you will write that letter?”</p>
+
+<p>Dick had resolved on submitting to the torture
+before writing the letter, but this last threat made
+him change his mind. He could afford to take no
+chances with the safety, and perhaps the lives, of
+his chums, by refusing to write. In the meantime
+his mind was busy trying to conjure up some way
+of warning them that it was a trap.</p>
+
+<p>He took the scrap of paper that was offered to
+him, and began to write. As the letter drew near
+its close, he hastily constructed the cryptogram
+which our readers are already aware of.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows took the note and read it carefully, turning
+it over to see that there was not other writing
+on the back, and scanning it for some sign of warning.
+Dick was afraid that he would decipher the
+simple code, but was relieved when Barrows crumpled
+the note to give it the appearance of having been
+carried some few hours, and then put it in his
+pocket.</p>
+
+<p>He was ordered back into the cellar, and there
+was nothing to do but obey. The trap was closed
+and he heard the rolling of barrels, then all was
+still.</p>
+
+<p>Dick wondered what plot was in the wind, but
+was unable to puzzle it out. He finally decided
+that it was only another private scheme of Barrows
+to get money, and a thousand dollars would be a
+pretty good haul.</p>
+
+<p>He gave up trying to solve the riddle, and lying
+on the floor stared into the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>There was one chance in a thousand that one of
+them might come alone in the morning to bring him
+food, and he resolved to climb up the ladder the
+moment he heard footsteps above him, and with his
+pocket knife try to fight his way to freedom.</p>
+
+<p>With this comforting thought, he dropped off to
+sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Following the writing of the note, Barrows
+slipped back to his office and told LeBlanc to make
+one attempt to seize the boys, then if that failed,
+they would use their ruse to attract them from the
+camp.</p>
+
+<p>How this attempt succeeded has already been
+told, and all LeBlanc got for his pains was a smash
+on the hand where Phil’s clubbed rifle had hit him.</p>
+
+<p>He hastened back cursing, and told Barrows of
+the failure, and after being upbraided was told to
+go to the rendezvous where the capture of the boys
+was to be made.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows then went to the cookhouse, where the
+unkempt individual that was to act as bearer was
+waiting, and gave him his final instructions.</p>
+
+<p>“Now,” said the vindictive manager, “we shall
+see who wins, a pack of mere children, or Gene
+Barrows!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XV<br/>MISERY CAMP</h2>
+
+<p>Now let us return to Garry and Phil, whom we
+left struggling in the hands of their captors. Only
+one voice did they recognize in the orders that were
+given, but this was enough to let them know that
+they were in the worst kind of trouble. It was the
+voice of LeBlanc.</p>
+
+<p>“Phil, that’s LeBlanc’s voice or I’m crazy,” ejaculated
+Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Absolutement, ma frien’s. It is LeBlanc. Once
+again I have you, and I think this time you do not
+go until we have settled several old scores that I
+have mark up against you.”</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke, several men took hold of the boys
+even more roughly, and in a few moments their
+hands had been bound tightly behind their backs.</p>
+
+<p>LeBlanc gave the order to march, and the strange
+procession wended its way through the woods. It
+was almost pitch dark, but they seemed to be following
+a well defined trail, and the leader was sure
+of every step. An unknown man grasped the arm
+of each boy and guided them so that they would
+not bump into a tree, and at the same time prevented
+a chance of escape.</p>
+
+<p>The boys took things philosophically, for there
+was nothing that could be done with so many odds
+against them, and the darkness would have hindered
+any chance of flight. They knew that they could
+not take more than a dozen steps without smashing
+into the trees, and would soon be captured. They
+resolved, the same train of thought running
+through the minds of both of the captives, to wait
+for daylight before sizing matters up.</p>
+
+<p>LeBlanc kept hurrying the men along, and they
+covered nearly a half a dozen miles before a halt
+was called. Now the first flush of day was appearing
+in the sky, and soon there would be light enough
+for them to see in what manner of hands they had
+fallen.</p>
+
+<p>When dawn finally broke, both boys looked in
+amazement at the strange figures that the light of
+day revealed.</p>
+
+<p>LeBlanc, of course, they recognized at once, and
+they had half expected to see his brother. But all
+the others,—there were half a dozen not counting
+the halfbreed,—were total strangers. The men
+were for the most part large and swarthy, unkempt
+of hair and ragged as to clothes. Their garments
+were torn and dirty, and here and there was a raggedly
+sewn patch where the clothes threatened to
+give way entirely.</p>
+
+<p>They were taciturn men, and said little or nothing
+to each other, and when they did, it was in a
+low tone. They paid absolutely no attention to any
+order of LeBlanc, always turning to one of their
+number for confirmation.</p>
+
+<p>This man, evidently the leader, was a perfect
+giant of a man. He stood, so the boys judged, at
+least six feet four inches, and was correspondingly
+large of frame.</p>
+
+<p>His face, what could be seen of it, for he wore a
+black, flowing, tangled beard, was tanned by the
+sun, as one who lived entirely in the open. His followers
+evidently respected, or at least feared him,
+for whenever he gave an order, they sprang to do
+his bidding.</p>
+
+<p>Garry and Phil wondered who they were and
+what their business was,—whether they were hunters
+or what.</p>
+
+<p>A fire was built and a meagre breakfast made.
+Phil and Garry were glad of the food, for they
+were both hungry and tired. The eating done, evident
+preparations were made to continue the march.
+Both boys were cruelly tired. They had passed a
+strenuous day and night, and now they wanted to
+sleep. But this was evidently not to be.</p>
+
+<p>They were slightly surprised also when they
+learned from the conversation that LeBlanc was not
+to continue to the destination of the others.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, King, you will take these boys to Misery
+Camp, and keep them until you hear from those
+who have given you instructions. They will let you
+know what to do, and you will be ver’ careful not
+to let them make the conge, to get away, for then
+you will have me, Jean LeBlanc, to deal with.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll keep my bargain, fer the fact that I give
+my word, an’ a King allers keeps his word; but
+never think that I fear ye, Frenchman, fer I fear
+no man livin’!”</p>
+
+<p>LeBlanc kept silence, and took his way back to
+the camp, while the weary march forward was resumed.
+Short rests were given at long intervals
+and the boys were thankful for the scant few minutes
+that were allowed.</p>
+
+<p>The men walked with the long swinging lope of
+the true woodsman, and often the boys thought they
+would drop by the side of the road from weariness.</p>
+
+<p>At noon a halt was called, and one of the men
+disappeared, to return after several minutes with a
+half dozen grouse. The boys then knew immediately
+that these men were outlaws of some sort,
+who paid no attention to the law, for the close
+season was on all grouse and pheasant.</p>
+
+<p>A fire was built and one of the men skinned the
+birds preparatory to roasting them over the coals.
+Coffee was made and they were about to drink it
+black, when Garry bethought himself of the sugar
+and condensed milk in his knapsack. Thinking that
+a few favors on his part would perhaps return to
+them later on, he offered it to the men. The boy’s
+hands were untied, and he rummaged through his
+pack until he found the articles.</p>
+
+<p>The men took them without a word and used
+them. They divided the food fairly with all present.</p>
+
+<p>Garry tried to engage the men in conversation,
+but all attempts failed. The rest and the dinner
+occupied about an hour and then the march began
+again.</p>
+
+<p>“See here,” said Garry to the man addressed as
+King. “When are you going to give us a decent
+rest? We’re played out.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, you can be played out ef you want; you’ve
+got eight miles ahead of you yet till we get to Misery
+Camp,” answered King.</p>
+
+<p>“What is Misery Camp, and who are you fellows
+anyway?” again asked Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Misery Camp is where we live, and we fellows
+be squatters. Now shut up and walk,” and King
+relapsed into silence.</p>
+
+<p>Light instantly broke over the boys. They had
+often heard of the squatters scattered over the
+woods of Maine, queer nomadic people, who gleaned
+a precarious and lean living from the woods. Game
+and fish laws meant nothing to them. Birds of all
+sorts were shot, and woe be unto the deer that ran
+across the path of the squatter. Some little cultivation
+was carried on, in the way of corn and
+potatoes.</p>
+
+<p>Wearily they trudged on. The last mile was
+almost agony to Phil and Garry, but they clenched
+their teeth and carried on, determined if possible
+to show no sign of weakening in front of these
+strange creatures of the woods.</p>
+
+<p>At last Misery Camp was sighted. It was a
+patch of land that had been cleared away, evidently
+the logs that were cut being used to make the habitations
+of the squatters. A score of ragged children
+and some slatternly women came out to meet
+them, looking curiously at the boys. They were
+thrust into one of the cabins, and a guard established
+at the door.</p>
+
+<p>The weary boys dropped on the rude pallets and
+fell asleep almost instantly. So tired were they
+that it was the following morning before they
+awoke. They stretched their arms and legs, and
+then tried to open the door. The guard let them
+out, and warned them that any attempt at flight
+would be followed immediately by a shot.</p>
+
+<p>“An’ I ain’t missed a squirrel in five year,”
+boasted their guard, who was a boy of about their
+own age.</p>
+
+<p>Privately the boys resolved to make an escape as
+soon as possible, but not while the rifle of the guard
+was trained on them, for they doubted neither his
+ability to shoot as well as he said he could, nor the
+fact that he would not hesitate to do as he threatened.</p>
+
+<p>They looked over the clearing with some curiosity.
+It fitted its name well, for misery seemed to
+be on every side. King, who appeared to be that
+in fact as well as in name, called the boys to his
+own shack for breakfast. Here they found that the
+squatter leader had opened their knapsacks, and the
+contents were strewn over a rude table.</p>
+
+<p>Both boys jumped to see if their wireless ’phone
+had been broken by the curious squatter, but were
+relieved to find that it had not been touched.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s that there contrivance?” asked King,
+pointing to the radio-phone.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a wireless telephone,” answered Garry.
+As he answered he had a vision of a way out of
+their difficulty, but subsequent conversation soon
+proved that they would not be able to put the plan
+into execution.</p>
+
+<p>“I seen a telephone onct,” said the squatter, “but
+it had wires. You don’t mean that that thing will
+talk without a wire, do you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes it does. Would you like to have us set it
+up, and talk through it, and have a message come
+through the air?” asked Garry, eagerly awaiting
+the answer, for he thought that if he could get the
+wireless up he could signal some way for help.</p>
+
+<p>“No, I don’t. I don’t believe that ye can talk
+through the air without a wire, but ye might be
+able to an’ I ain’t agoin’ to take no chances.”</p>
+
+<p>The squatter did not seem interested in the contents
+of the knapsack except for the little medicine
+case that Garry always carried. The boy noted,
+too, that all the foodstuff was gone.</p>
+
+<p>“What be these things, medicine?” asked King.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” answered Garry briefly.</p>
+
+<p>“Got anything that’s good for chills and fever?”
+demanded the man.</p>
+
+<p>“Not that I know of; most of that stuff is for
+use in an accident. You see it’s mostly antiseptic
+and bandage and stuff,” answered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>King picked up a bottle that was marked poison
+and had the familiar skull and crossbones in red
+ink.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s this stuff with the red printin’?” he
+questioned.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s iodine; can’t you read?” Phil broke into
+the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>“No, can’t read, never went to school. What’s it
+for?”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, it’s to put on bad cuts so that you won’t
+get blood poisoning, and it’s good if you strain your
+wrist or finger or something like that.” answered
+Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Wall, you don’t say so. Wonder if ’twould do
+this finger o’ mine any good? I hurt it the other
+day when I slipped near the brook where I was getting
+water. It’s my trigger finger too, and that’s
+a bad one to have hurt.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry assured him that there was nothing better
+than the iodine and offered to paint it for him.</p>
+
+<p>The squatter evidently decided that it could do
+no harm, and so Garry inspected the swollen finger
+and liberally painted it.</p>
+
+<p>“That will help take the swelling out, and it will
+be all right in a couple of days,” said Garry, as he
+put the cork back in the bottle and laid it on the
+table.</p>
+
+<p>Then he noticed that a ragged youngster about
+three years old had been watching the process with
+wide open eyes. Inquiry developed that it was the
+squatter’s child, and it was evident that the youngster
+was the one thing that the squatter king was
+really fond of. He told Garry and Phil that the
+mother had died a year before, when they had been
+driven off a timber tract by the lumbermen. Here
+the squatter launched into a tirade against the lumber
+owners.</p>
+
+<p>The squatter idea is a peculiar one. They claim
+that the woods were made for man to take as he
+found them and could not understand the right of
+anyone to drive them out; yet they are responsible
+for great damage to the woods. As, for instance,
+at this place, a couple of acres of fine timber had
+been ruthlessly cut to make cabins for the nesters
+or squatters, and to provide a place for the scanty
+crop of potatoes and corn. Then too, many of the
+great forest fires are started by the squatters. There
+is one case on record in Maine where the squatters
+set fire to a whole mountain side, because they said
+that the blueberries would grow better on the
+burned-over ground.</p>
+
+<p>Also the depredations against deer are numerous.
+Many a fine moose or stag has been brought down
+to provide food for the nomads.</p>
+
+<p>The talk went back to the medicine again, and
+the squatter asked what the skull meant on the
+bottle.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s put on to warn you that it’s poison,”
+Garry informed him.</p>
+
+<p>The work of painting his finger seemed to mollify
+the old man somewhat, and he drew a little out
+of his shell, and Garry, seeing the opportunity,
+asked him why they had been brought there.</p>
+
+<p>The squatter then told them that LeBlanc had
+appeared on the scene a day or two before and told
+them that unless they agreed to keep some boys
+who would be brought there prisoners, they would
+be driven from the clearing by the lumberjacks.
+The squatters knew what this meant, since they
+had planted their corn for the summer, and moving
+meant that the lumberjacks would burn down
+the cabins and start them away. They knew from
+experience that it was useless to fight, for the
+enemy, so they considered the lumberjacks, would
+outnumber them ten to one.</p>
+
+<p>Garry saw through the whole scheme and
+guessed that Barrows had known of their presence
+at the clearing and had kept them in mind for some
+time when he might require them to help in some
+of his schemes.</p>
+
+<p>The squatter king took his rifle and offered to
+show the boys where their planting was done, and
+more for the sake of getting a little exercise than
+for any especial desire to see the corn patch, they
+agreed.</p>
+
+<p>The other squatters eyed them as they passed in
+company with old King, but said nothing. Some
+of the youngsters started to follow, but a mere
+threatening look was enough to set them scurrying
+away.</p>
+
+<p>“You seem to be the boss around here,” remarked
+Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I’m a King by name, and I aim to be king
+of these people so long as I breathe,” answered the
+man gravely; and Garry, looking at his immense
+frame and stern eye, thought he had a good chance
+of continuing in his royal capacity.</p>
+
+<p>They were looking at the corn patch with only
+a pretended interest, when they heard a scream
+from King’s cabin.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s my baby,” said King in a frightened
+tone. “Something’s hurt her!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI<br/>GARRY SAVES A LIFE</h2>
+
+<p>They rushed back to the cabin and a sight met
+their eyes that stunned them all.</p>
+
+<p>The youngster with childish curiosity, had
+climbed up on the table and captured the bottle of
+iodine. It was immediately evident that the child
+had drunk some of the poison, for its lips were
+stained. There was no telling how much the child
+had drunk, for the bottle had fallen to the floor,
+spilling some of the liquid over the floor.</p>
+
+<p>The old man seized his child in his arms, and
+tears began to roll down his cheeks.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, she’s going to die, she’s going to die,” he
+moaned.</p>
+
+<p>Garry’s brain spun with thought.</p>
+
+<p>“Quick,” he shouted to the old man. “There’s
+one thing that will save her. What did you do with
+that foodstuff you took out of the pack there?”</p>
+
+<p>The sharpness of his tone startled the old man
+into activity. The words of Garry that there was
+one way to save her galvanized him into action.</p>
+
+<p>“It’s up there on the shelf back of you. Can ye
+save my baby? Hurry! Save her an’ there’s
+nothin’ on this earth I won’t do for ye!”</p>
+
+<p>Garry had fortunately remembered that he had
+in his knapsack a package of cornstarch that they
+had brought to make thickening for gravy in case
+they did any cooking. Garry, and for that matter
+both of his chums, were pastmasters in the art of
+first aid to the injured. They knew that the antidote
+for iodine was cornstarch.</p>
+
+<p>Rushing to the shelf, Garry snatched the package
+and tore open the top. His eyes fell on a can of
+mustard and he seized that.</p>
+
+<p>On the ground outside the door Garry had noted
+a campfire with an old tin pail swung across it on
+a branch held up by forked sticks. Working with
+the speed of an express train, he dashed through
+the door and grabbed the pail of hot water.</p>
+
+<p>Back in the cabin, he took a tin cup from the
+table, and hastily melting some of the mustard,
+made an emetic. This he gently forced the frightened
+child to swallow. Soon the emetic had the
+desired effect, and by this time Garry had moistened
+the cornstarch to the consistency of cream.</p>
+
+<p>While the frightened squatter looked on helplessly,
+Garry fed the cornstarch to the baby, who
+seemed instinctively to trust the boy, and made little
+fuss over taking the pasty drink.</p>
+
+<p>Throughout the morning Garry, with almost the
+skill of a trained nurse, watched the child’s breathing
+and kept count of her pulse. As nothing developed
+to show that the child was in any danger,
+Garry privately formed the opinion that the iodine
+had not gotten much further than the inside of her
+mouth, and that the burn of the poison had prevented
+her from drinking any great quantity of it.
+Then, too, the stain on the floor, where the liquid
+had sunk into the rough boards, was large enough
+to denote that most of the contents of the small
+bottle were on the floor and had not been swallowed
+by the child.</p>
+
+<p>As the youngster brightened up, the relief of the
+father was almost pitiful to see. He grasped the
+hand of Garry and in broken, halting words
+thanked him for saving the life of the baby. At
+the door was a throng of curious squatters, and
+when they saw that the King baby was going to
+live, gradually broke away and returned to their
+duties. All this time Phil had stood by ready to
+lend a hand, in case Garry needed assistance.</p>
+
+<p>“Boys,” said the old man, “I’ve never broken my
+word before, but this is one time that I’m going to.
+It will mean that we’ll be driven off here, but that
+can’t be helped. You can go away whenever you
+want to. My promise to that Frenchman ain’t
+nothin’ to me since you’ve saved my baby.”</p>
+
+<p>This was what Garry had hoped would happen.
+He did not want to trade the baby’s safety for freedom,
+but there was still Dick to consider. He
+might be and probably was in grave danger at that
+moment, and it behooved the boys to return as
+speedily as possible to the lumber camp to set in
+motion the machinery to effect Dick’s release, for
+they had decided that Dick was probably a prisoner
+at the camp. Of course they did not know of the
+hidden room under the storehouse, where, at that
+moment, their friend was still languishing.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll make you a promise now,” said Garry. “It
+happens that my father owns this tract of land, and
+I’ll give you my word that you will not be forced
+to move from here for the rest of the summer. Of
+course the logging will soon extend in this direction
+and you will be forced off, but until that happens
+you can stay here unmolested. Now we’re
+going back to start a young war at the camp, and
+release a chum of ours who is held prisoner there.”</p>
+
+<p>“You better stay here for awhile, for part of the
+word of the Frenchman was that another boy would
+be brought here to be kept. Now if you boys stay
+here and pretend to be prisoners when LeBlanc
+comes with your friend, you can wait till he goes
+and then all be freed together. In case there’s any
+trouble comes, I guess my men and I can take care
+of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s fine,” said Garry. “I don’t think there’s
+anything better that can be done. When did you
+expect LeBlanc to come with the other boy?”</p>
+
+<p>“The Frenchman was aiming to get back here by
+tomorrow night,” replied King. “He’d have to
+start in the night time, which will probably be tonight,
+and get here some time tomorrow afternoon.”</p>
+
+<p>“How will LeBlanc be able to find his way in the
+dark?” asked Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“I left one of my men behind to meet him and
+guide him,” answered the old man. Then a thought
+struck him, and he asked:</p>
+
+<p>“What are you all such powerful enemies for?”</p>
+
+<p>Garry then told him some of the adventures that
+they had encountered, and the part that the halfbreed
+had played in them. When he came to the
+tale of how LeBlanc had kidnapped little Patty
+Graham, the old man’s eyes flashed fire.</p>
+
+<p>“He’s a treacherous weazel, that halfbreed. I
+don’t mind some of the other things he did, but any
+man that will steal a person’s baby ought to be cut
+into pieces. I’ll tell you that. When he comes
+here with your friend, we’ll just tie him up and
+keep him here and you can do what you want to
+with him.”</p>
+
+<p>This seemed like a stroke of real luck for the
+boys. It would mean LeBlanc would be safely held
+until time for them to have him taken to prison to
+pay the much deserved penalty for his crimes, and
+at the same time would rid them of a dangerous
+enemy, as well as lessening by one the allies of the
+rascally Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of the day passed quickly, and they told
+the squatter king many of the things of the outside
+world. He had heard little or nothing of the great
+cities, and had never seen a moving picture nor ridden
+in a railroad train. But he knew the woods as
+few men do, except perhaps the Hermit, although
+there was no comparison between this giant of the
+woods, who could neither read nor write, and the
+old recluse, who was eternally surprising the boys
+with a quotation from some poet, or a snatch of
+Latin.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, Phil,” said Garry, when they were left
+alone for awhile by the squatter, “let’s plan a war
+campaign. As soon as Dick gets here, we will let
+him have a good rest, and then hike for the camp.
+We’ll make it to get to the small lake without anyone
+seeing us, and there we’ll get the canoe and
+portage it through the woods to the other lake.
+There we can hide out and get the dope on the timber
+thieves. Once we have done that, we have only
+to draw in the strings, and we’ll have the whole
+job done.”</p>
+
+<p>Phil assented to this as the wisest course to follow,
+and night coming on, they turned in. The
+squatter had insisted on giving up his own cabin to
+them, which although poor and bare, was the best
+one on the clearing.</p>
+
+<p>They whiled away the next day waiting the
+arrival of Dick, and hoping that no change would
+be made in the plans of Barrows to prevent Dick’s
+being sent to Misery Camp.</p>
+
+<p>It was late afternoon when a man whom the
+squatter king had sent into the woods to act as
+lookout came running back.</p>
+
+<p>“He’s got a young fellow with him,” he told the
+squatter leader.</p>
+
+<p>“Is it the Frenchman?” demanded the old man.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, it’s a Frenchman, but,” and here the boys
+met with a disappointment. “It’s not the one that
+came the other time, but a fellow that looks like
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>“Tough luck; that’s Baptiste, not Jean. Look
+King, I’ve changed my mind about having him captured.
+Let him go back and let the camp think
+that we are held prisoners safely here. That will
+allow us to work with greater freedom. Now we’ll
+duck under cover and you meet the halfbreed and
+bring Dick here.”</p>
+
+<p>“Just as you say,” said the old man. “All you
+have to do around here from now on is to say the
+word, and everyone in Misery will do just as you
+order. I will, and I’ll see to it that the others toe
+the line.”</p>
+
+<p>“Funny he don’t come,” muttered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, he won’t be here for a time yet,” said the
+chap who had brought the warning. “I was in a
+tree top, and could see way down to a clearing, and
+saw them there taking a rest. Ain’t nobody on the
+clearin’ here that can run as fast as I can, and I
+came quicker than ever to tell you about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Had we better let Baptiste see us so that he will
+know we are still here, Garry?” asked Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a good suggestion. Suppose you station
+a guard with a rifle outside the door, King, and let
+Baptiste have a peek at us when he gets here,”
+directed Garry turning to the squatter.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s what I’ll do. Here you, Job,” turning
+to the youth who had brought news of the coming
+of Baptiste and Dick. “You take your stand outside
+there like as if you were guardin’t the door.
+Now I’ll get out o’ here and meet them.”</p>
+
+<p>The squatter king hastened out, while Job stood
+before the shack door with his rifle clutched in his
+hands. Garry and Phil, with some excitement,
+waited the coming of Dick.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments they heard someone approaching,
+and King threw open the door. “Here’s your
+friend,” he whispered, and thrust someone in. Bewilderment
+spread over the faces of the boys.</p>
+
+<p>It was not Dick who entered the cabin, but Art
+Howells!</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII<br/>A GOOD DEED REWARDED</h2>
+
+<p>The dumbfounded boys could only stare at
+Howells.</p>
+
+<p>“Where did you come from and where is Dick?”
+cried Garry, when he had recovered his voice sufficiently
+to speak.</p>
+
+<p>“If you will untie my hands first, I will feel
+better and be able to think. My wrists are all raw
+from trying to work the ropes off, but the man
+that tied me up knew his business too well,” said
+Howells.</p>
+
+<p>Since the boys’ belongings had been restored
+them by King, they had their knives, and it was a
+small matter to cut the bonds.</p>
+
+<p>“Now what do you mean by Dick being with
+me?” asked Howells.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, Dick has been a prisoner at the camp, and
+we were given to understand that he was to be
+brought here to join us. We were prisoners here
+ourselves; fell into a foolish trap because we were
+too sure of ourselves. Fortunately, because of a
+good turn that we were able to do, we have been
+set free by the squatter chief,” answered Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“What do you mean free, with an armed guard
+outside the door?” demanded Art. “I should say
+you were pretty closely kept in confinement.”</p>
+
+<p>“That is only a ruse so the suspicion of whoever
+brought any prisoner here would not be raised. As
+soon as he goes we will be free to do what we
+please. Now how did you come to be captured?”
+went on Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, I made a fool blunder too. I wanted to see
+you chaps to tell you that a lot of lumber was being
+shipped from a place called Harrison. It’s about
+five miles away from Dutton Lake, so that seems to
+show that the lake figures in the stealing of the
+timber. I crawled into camp one night and went
+to your shack, and walked in expecting to find you
+sleeping there. Instead I ran right into the arms
+of a couple of huskies who had me overpowered
+before I knew what was going on. I found out in
+a few minutes that the pair were LeBlanc and that
+precious scoundrel that tried to do me up that night
+you chaps appeared so providentially on the scene.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did Barrows say anything about what had been
+going on in the camp, or drop any word that would
+give us a hint as to his plans?” put in Phil.</p>
+
+<p>“No, he was very closemouthed. There was a
+swarthy chap with him, who from your description
+I take to be Jean LeBlanc. All that was said was
+that I should be taken to a place called Misery
+Camp. From the looks of this place I judge that is
+where I am now. What have you run into, a squatter
+camp?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, you’ve hit the nail on the head.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry was about to speak further, when the door
+opened and the squatter chief came in.</p>
+
+<p>“That fellow is gone, and you kin come out any
+time you want,” was the welcome news that he
+brought. The three followed him into the sunlight
+and then decided that a start should be made for
+the lumber camp at once.</p>
+
+<p>“That is, unless you are too tired to start now,
+Art,” said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, I’m feeling fit as a fiddle. I don’t know
+that I’d care to walk all the way back, but we can
+save time by going part of the way,” remarked Art
+cheerfully.</p>
+
+<p>The packs were brought out and soon all was
+ready for the return trip. They were surprised at
+the appearance of King with his rifle, and feared
+for a moment that he had thought better of allowing
+them to go and was going to make them prisoners
+again.</p>
+
+<p>“Just decided that I’ll go with you fellows. If
+there’s goin’t to be fightin’, and I think there is, I
+want to be in it. Besides, you won’t be safe wanderin’
+around through strange country alone. I’ll
+see that you get where you want to go in safety,
+and mebbe you’ll find that a little bit of extra help
+won’t come in amiss? Do you want me to come?”
+concluded King.</p>
+
+<p>The light of battle was in the old man’s eyes, and
+Garry at once decided that he might prove a valuable
+ally in case trouble arose and welcomed him to
+come with them.</p>
+
+<p>“We’ll take a little different way back, so we
+won’t be liable to run into any of that gang from
+the camp. We’ll go until you fellows get tired,
+then eat, and you can roll in while I watch for
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>This was what they wanted to do, and so they
+agreed to follow his advice entirely on the return
+trip.</p>
+
+<p>“What about some of the men coming to your
+place to see if we are all right, or if they bring Dick
+with them, what then?” questioned Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“In case any o’ them come here from now on,
+they’ll get a treat they won’t like. I told my men
+to seize anyone who came, and if the fat boy comes,
+he is to be guided to a place where me and my men
+know, and then he can join us,” answered King.</p>
+
+<p>The squatter seemed to have covered everything
+necessary, and off started the quartet. King led
+them on a roundabout trail, and they walked until
+darkness fell, when Howells declared that he would
+like to rest.</p>
+
+<p>For fear of possible detection by some prowler
+from the camp, no fire was built, and a cold bite was
+eaten. King refused to let any of the others do
+any work, and himself gathered enough boughs for
+them all to sleep on. Garry insisted that when King
+had watched for a while, he waken either himself
+or Phil, and they could provide a relief for a while.
+King protested that he was able to watch the entire
+night, but Garry reminded him that on the coming
+day there might be strenuous work, and he would
+not want to be handicapped by fatigue. This finally
+made the old man agree to waken Garry at midnight
+and let him stand a watch.</p>
+
+<p>True to his word, King shook Garry about midnight.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t believe there’s any real need o’ watchin’,
+everything been quiet so far; but there’s nothin’
+like bein’ on the safe side.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry looked to see that his rifle was loaded and
+ready, then took a seat under a tree where he could
+be comfortable and yet hear anything. King laid
+down on the ground, scorning the boughs, and was
+fast asleep in a moment.</p>
+
+<p>After about two hours Garry began to feel
+drowsy, and rather than run the risk of dropping
+off to sleep, he woke Phil, who had had a good
+sleep and was able to stand sentry for the rest of
+the night.</p>
+
+<p>After they had eaten in the morning, the old man
+asked what the next step was.</p>
+
+<p>Garry had been thinking it over as they ate, and
+so he asked King if he knew the region around
+Kanamo Lake. King answered that he knew every
+inch of the territory in that part of the state, and
+so it was decided that he lead them by a roundabout
+route to the lake shore. Here they could hide
+out in a safe place, and after dark could portage
+the canoe across the timberland to Dutton Lake.
+Garry was determined to try and catch the thieves
+at work that night. Then plans could be made for
+a raid on the camp and the rescue of Dick could
+be effected.</p>
+
+<p>It was almost nightfall when they reached the
+lake shore, and they thought best to turn in for a
+while before making for the spot where they had
+concealed the canoe.</p>
+
+<hr style='border:none;border-bottom:1px solid black;width:40%' />
+
+<p>To return now to Dick, who had been left all
+this time in the cellar. Food was brought to him
+on occasion, but always by two or three in
+company, and he had no opportunity of trying to fight
+his way from the cellar. Once when the cook and
+cookee came, he attempted to bribe them to let him
+escape, but they turned a deaf ear to his words.</p>
+
+<p>Back at the office, Barrows was having a council
+with his henchmen. These consisted of the two
+LeBlancs, the cookee and the boss sawyer.</p>
+
+<p>“Things are beginning to get too brisk here, so
+we’ll make a good cleanup and light out,” said Barrows.
+“I didn’t expect when we started this thing
+that there would be all the trouble that has since
+come upon us. We’ve all done enough now to land
+us in prison, what with this kidnapping and everything.
+Catching Howells around here was what
+has made me suspicious. There’s no telling what
+he has done on the outside. He may have written
+to Boone and told him what was going on, and that
+would sure spill the beans, for Boone would probably
+order me off the place and give me my walking
+papers. Then we would be all done. What I propose
+is this: We have already cut a good bit of
+timber and that has been sawed, thanks to the saw I
+had hidden in the storehouse. We would have
+wasted time, as usual, waiting for another, but this
+suits my ends better. All this timber has been left
+on the tote road, and tonight we’ll make a number
+of trips and clean it up. Tomorrow night we’ll
+make a grand cleanup and then fire the sawmill and
+wreck the machinery and light out. By the time
+they have things ready to fix up, Boone will be too
+late to keep his contracts and my work will have
+been done,” Barrows concluded as he rubbed his
+hands in evil satisfaction over his treachery.</p>
+
+<p>“And the boys?” inquired Jean LeBlanc softly.</p>
+
+<p>“I know what’s on your mind, LeBlanc. Ugh,
+I’d hate to have you for an enemy. I suppose you
+want to stick a knife in them and put them out of
+the way.”</p>
+
+<p>“That would be safest. They know too much,”
+answered the halfbreed.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I have a better plan than that. You
+remember we wrote a letter to decoy them away and
+mentioned a ransom. What’s to prevent us from
+really getting one from old man Boone? We could
+stick him up for a big sum, and that would be clear
+profit aside from what the Carson people are paying
+us. King will keep them till we arrange things
+and then we could free them. After that, LeBlanc,
+you can do what you like; it will be out of my
+hands then. Now we’ll start for the lake. Will the
+boat be there at the usual time?” and he turned to
+the boss sawyer.</p>
+
+<p>“Usual time,” laconically answered the man.</p>
+
+<p>The door was thrown open, and a man walked
+into the room.</p>
+
+<p>“So it’s the Carson people that are back of you
+this time, eh, Barrows? Guess I got here just in
+time!”</p>
+
+<p>The men gasped in amazement, for there stood
+“Moose” Boone.</p>
+
+<p>In the face of this crisis, the only one to keep
+his head was LeBlanc.</p>
+
+<p>“Seize him,” he whispered sibilantly to his
+brother, in French.</p>
+
+<p>Before Mr. Boone could make a move, he was
+grabbed by the powerful brothers. One of them
+clasped a hand over his mouth, and without a word,
+as though they had practiced for this very moment,
+Jean snatched a soiled bandanna from his pocket,
+and in another minute Mr. Boone was effectually
+gagged.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows also had sprung into action. Rummaging
+around under the pine table that served as a
+desk, he brought forth a length of rope, and soon
+Boone was tightly bound.</p>
+
+<p>“Carry him over to the storehouse. Don’t put
+him in the cellar. This makes things better. We
+can keep him prisoner for several days and clean
+up. Lively now,” ordered Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>“Moose” Boone was carried to the storehouse
+and unceremoniously dumped. He lay on the floor
+thinking how foolish he had been to come alone to
+a camp where he knew there was treachery afoot,
+but now it was too late to cry over spilled milk. He
+wondered where the boys were, since he had seen
+no sign of them about the camp.</p>
+
+<p>His reason for coming was the note that Garry
+had sent him, and which the hermit had succeeded
+in having posted.</p>
+
+<p>He twisted around several times in an effort to
+relieve the pain in his arms and feet from lying tied
+on the hard floor.</p>
+
+<p>Nearly two hours passed, and then the door was
+softly unlocked and opened. In stepped the cook.
+Mr. Boone wondered what was to happen now, and
+he received the surprise of his life when the cook
+fished out his knife and proceeded to cut the bonds
+that bound him.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you come to the conclusion that this was
+a fool thing to do? I am thankful, of course, and
+will see that you are let go when the rest of this
+gang is rounded up,” said Boone.</p>
+
+<p>The cook did not speak until he had cut the
+bonds.</p>
+
+<p>“First, Mr. Boone, I’ll tell you something and
+then I’ll show you someone. I don’t suppose you
+will remember a cold spring day nearly twenty-five
+years ago on the Umculcos, when you risked your
+own life to save a lumberjack that was trying to
+ride a log and fell into the river with the logs
+crushing down about him?”</p>
+
+<p>Boone’s mind travelled swiftly back to the day,
+although he had not given it a thought for years.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I remember pulling a man out, and then
+falling sick from the cold, and when I got well the
+man I had pulled out was gone,” he answered.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I was the man you pulled out. I left the
+camp because I was only a fool young fellow and
+they made so much fun of me for falling in that I
+picked up and got out. I never knew you were the
+man until I saw you tonight and hitched your name
+up with the man who saved me. Now I’ll show
+you something like I promised.”</p>
+
+<p>He rolled the barrels away and raised the trap.
+“Come up,” he called into the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>Dick awoke from a troubled sleep and painfully
+crawled up the ladder. It took a few moments for
+his eyes to get accustomed to the light, and then he
+looked as though he saw a ghost.</p>
+
+<p>“Uncle,” he almost shouted, for so it was that
+he always addressed Mr. Boone.</p>
+
+<p>They clasped hands with a hearty good will and
+were about to exchange notes when the door was
+thrown open and Barrows and the two LeBlancs
+entered.</p>
+
+<p>Each held a revolver with a steady hand.</p>
+
+<p>“So, cook, you’ve turned traitor, have you?
+Well, it just makes another prisoner. Now Boone,
+it’s no use trying to do anything. Most of the
+men in the camp are in my pay, and just to be sure
+that we clean up tonight and tomorrow night as we
+had planned, we have seized all the men we are not
+sure of and have them herded in the bunkhouse
+and under heavy guard. This time we’ll succeed!”</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII<br/>THE CAPTURE</h2>
+
+<p>We left Garry, Phil and Howells with the squatter
+king on the lake shore waiting for darkness.
+When it fell, they retrieved the canoe from its hiding
+place and started across the timberland to
+Dutton Lake. The trip occupied nearly three hours,
+although they made excellent speed.</p>
+
+<p>The faint light of the stars pierced the blackness
+of the forest, so they did not have to stumble
+along, although the greatest of caution was exercised
+every moment.</p>
+
+<p>They reached the lake without encountering a
+person, and then launched the canoe. They did not
+dare trust the weight of the four to the frail craft,
+and so it was planned that King and Phil should
+remain behind, while Art and Garry paddled out
+into the lake. They did not have to wait a great
+while until the chugging of the powerful engine in
+the motor boat was heard.</p>
+
+<p>Paddling with the noiseless stroke of the
+Indians, they followed after a reasonable time had
+elapsed. They had taken only a few strokes when
+Art whispered:</p>
+
+<p>“Here, we’re going at this thing wrong. When
+that raft is loaded and starts back across the water,
+it will make too much speed for us to follow. Suppose
+we start now for the other side of the lake.
+Then we can lie off shore and wait for its arrival
+and see who meets the raft to unload it. That will
+complete your evidence, and we’ll duck out for the
+camp and somehow get hold of Dick. What say?”</p>
+
+<p>Without a word, Garry, who was paddling stern,
+gave his paddle a twist and the canoe turned in its
+course. They reached the other side and then lay
+off shore as agreed, giving the paddles an occasional
+twist to keep the canoe from drifting, for a gentle
+breeze was stirring the lake.</p>
+
+<p>After a long wait they heard the approach of the
+motor boat, which, as was customary, was running
+without lights. Far down the shore they saw a
+light appear as though some one were flashing a
+lamp. It was probably to guide the boat to its destination
+in the darkness. When the boat reached
+its objective point, they paddled noiselessly to
+within a few feet of it, and beached the canoe.
+Walking with the stealth of Indians, they came
+close to where the boat was being unloaded.</p>
+
+<p>“By jove, I know that voice,” whispered Garry,
+as he heard a man ask:</p>
+
+<p>“So this is how the trick is done? Pretty clever,
+I call it. Steal the timber and then raft it across to
+where you have your trucks waiting and hustle it
+to the railroad spur. Mighty good work on the
+part of Barrows.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s Carson himself; used to be associated
+with Father,” whispered Garry. He and Howells
+were hiding back of a tree, well away from danger
+of being seen. At that moment Carson struck a
+match to light his pipe.</p>
+
+<p>“Get a good look at him, we will want to identify
+him in court if necessary,” said Garry.
+Howells nudged him to make him understand that
+he had done so.</p>
+
+<p>“Now wait here,” whispered Garry. Howells
+watched in amazement as Garry crept to the water’s
+edge and noiselessly waded in. He made no sound
+as he swam. When he came back, dripping wet,
+Howells wanted to ask a score of questions, but
+forebore for fear of being heard.</p>
+
+<p>He was about to come closer and whisper, when a
+form crept up to them and a low voice said:</p>
+
+<p>“So we meet again.”</p>
+
+<p>It was Baptiste LeBlanc. The Frenchman then
+lifted his voice and called for the others. But he
+did not get very far. Howells struck with all his
+strength and his hard knuckles took the halfbreed
+on the point of the jaw. LeBlanc dropped like a
+stone.</p>
+
+<p>“Come, Garry, this way quick,” called Art. There
+was no need of whispering now, for the men who
+had been unloading had heard the alarm and there
+was the sound of rushing feet.</p>
+
+<p>“Into the canoe, Art. They can’t follow us,”
+said Garry.</p>
+
+<p>Howells had intended a dash into the woods,
+where there was less likelihood of being caught, but
+he obeyed Garry, knowing that he had some plan
+in view. They pushed the canoe into the water,
+springing into it as they did. It was lucky that
+Howells was an experienced canoeist, else the frail
+boat would have been overturned. As it was, they
+got a good start, and in a moment were bending
+to their paddles with all their might and strength.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s to stop them following us in the motor
+boat? We should have taken to the woods,” remonstrated
+Art.</p>
+
+<p>“Faster, I’ll tell you later,” answered Garry
+breathlessly. At that minute they heard loud imprecations
+from the shore.</p>
+
+<p>By this time they were well away from shore and
+out of danger of a possible shot.</p>
+
+<p>Garry began to laugh.</p>
+
+<p>“No wonder they are shouting and cursing there.
+I swam to the boat that time I left you and cut the
+wires on the engine; and to be sure, I took out the
+spark plugs, and have them in my pocket. It will
+be some time before they get that boat into condition
+to chase us!”</p>
+
+<p>“Good boy,” said Art admiringly.</p>
+
+<p>The return across the lake was without eventful
+occurrence, however, for with them was the hermit.</p>
+
+<p>Garry greeted him warmly. “What news?” he
+asked.</p>
+
+<p>“I fear I am the bearer of bad news,” said the
+hermit.</p>
+
+<p>“Your father has come to the camp and been
+caught, so I judge from what I heard said by two
+men a while ago as I lay close to the road that
+leads here. Also many of the lumberjacks are kept
+captive in one of the shacks, and a heavy guard has
+been set over them. I think we had better go for
+help; we can’t battle them alone, our numbers are
+too few.”</p>
+
+<p>Garry was for going at once to the rescue of his
+father, but the others restrained him.</p>
+
+<p>“We can’t do anything there, and we can be of
+great help on the outside. There is a sheriff in
+town, and we can get word to him, and have him
+round up a posse sufficiently large to capture the
+whole outfit,” advised Art.</p>
+
+<p>Reluctantly Garry agreed that this was the wisest
+thing to do.</p>
+
+<p>“King, guide us around so that we can avoid the
+camp, but get to the road that leads to town. We’ll
+get a posse and give them a battle,” directed Garry.</p>
+
+<p>Without a word, King led the way, and the
+others followed.</p>
+
+<hr style='border:none;border-bottom:1px solid black;width:40%' />
+
+<p>In the meantime, Mr. Boone and Dick had been
+led from the storehouse and taken to the bunkhouse,
+where the rest of the prisoners were.</p>
+
+<p>There were shouts of welcome when some of the
+old woodsmen saw Mr. Boone. Although he was
+the owner of the timber tract, and their employer,
+they hailed him as “Moose” and shook his hand
+energetically.</p>
+
+<p>“By gosh. I’m ashamed to look you in the face,
+Moose,” cried one of the lumberjacks. “To think we
+let a bunch like that crowd outside there put it over
+on us; men that have fought with rifle and peavy
+stick when some crowd tried to steal the river from
+us. Gosh, if we had a few axes and peavy sticks
+now we could get out there and make that bunch
+look sick, but all have rifles and revolvers. Barrows
+must’ve had a regular armory with him.”</p>
+
+<p>They were still talking and trying without success
+to puzzle a way out of their predicament, when
+Dick gave a shout of joy.</p>
+
+<p>“There’s my knapsack. That lets me see light
+right now!”</p>
+
+<p>The men looked at him in astonishment. How a
+mere knapsack could help them was not to be understood.</p>
+
+<p>“That was chucked in here by one of the men
+yesterday, before we were captured. He saw it in
+the shack, and remembering it belonged to one of
+you, took it for safe keeping. It was Tom there,
+who brought it.”</p>
+
+<p>Tom was the man who had taken them on the
+coon hunt, and one they had been suspicious of, but
+here he was with the loyal men.</p>
+
+<p>Dick hurriedly opened the knapsack. Yes, there
+it was, safe and sound, the wireless outfit!</p>
+
+<p>“Now one of you fellows get up there and dig a
+hole in the roof; it only need be a small one, that
+I can slide this aerial up through. It ought not to
+take more than an hour.”</p>
+
+<p>“We haven’t any knife,” said one of the men.
+“They took away all our knives and matches from
+us.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick secured his knife from its secret pocket in
+the lapel, and handed it to one of the men.</p>
+
+<p>“One of you set to work, and the others keep
+talking so that the guards outside will not become
+suspicious and look in here.”</p>
+
+<p>“Are you going to try something with the radio-phone,”
+asked Mr. Boone, who was the only one
+who grasped what Dick’s intentions were.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes; it’s our only chance. I happened to notice
+that there were two aerials over houses in the last
+town we passed through before coming to the camp,
+and I saw some radio apparatus in a store window,
+so evidently some one there has an outfit. Fortunately
+I have the receiving apparatus here as well
+as a sender, and we can find out if my message is
+received by anyone.”</p>
+
+<p>As he talked, he adjusted the apparatus, ready to
+send his plea for help through space and hope that
+someone would be listening in.</p>
+
+<p>“Hurry!” he called to the man who was boring
+through the board roof with the knife. “It’s almost
+time for the usual radio broadcasting stations to
+stop sending, and I want to get someone while they
+are still listening in, just as the broadcasting station
+closes.”</p>
+
+<p>“There, guess that’s all right, unless you want it
+a little bigger,” said the man who had been working.</p>
+
+<p>Dick looked up at the hole and saw that it would
+do all right.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the men were frankly incredulous. The
+thought of talking through a ’phone that had no
+wires was a riddle to them, as few or none of them
+knew anything about radio.</p>
+
+<p>One of them suggested that instead of wasting
+time with such a “fool contrivance,” they try to tear
+away the boards from the roof and take a chance on
+overpowering the guards. This was discouraged
+by the others who, though they were by no means
+cowardly, knew it would be foolhardy to face guns
+with only their bare hands.</p>
+
+<p>“Let’s give the boy a chance with his infernal
+machine first,” advised a grizzled old lumberjack.
+“Then if it don’t work, we can try something else.”</p>
+
+<p>Dick adjusted the aerial, and then tuning up, got
+ready to talk into the transmitter.</p>
+
+<p>“Some of you men keep talking over there by the
+door, and the rest of you get near the windows and
+block anyone from seeing in. Don’t talk too loud,
+just enough to cover my voice.”</p>
+
+<p>For nearly ten minutes Dick repeated over and
+over again:</p>
+
+<p>“S. O. S. Send a sheriff with large posse to
+Boone’s camp. Owner and some of men held prisoners.
+Answer if you get message.”</p>
+
+<p>Then there was a crackling sound in the receivers
+that were clasped to his head, and with a thrill he
+knew that someone was trying to get him.</p>
+
+<p>He adjusted the tuning apparatus with trembling
+fingers. The voice still sputtered and crackled.
+Finally he got the right wave length, and heard a
+welcome voice.</p>
+
+<p>“Hello, are you sending help call?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” almost shouted Dick. “Who are you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Brown talking. My father is sheriff. Are you
+in earnest?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, surely. Hurry posse on way. You’ll need
+thirty or forty men. We are held prisoners in bunkhouse
+here. Captors are all armed. Be careful.
+This is last call; act quick, as I’m going to pack up
+radio for fear I will be discovered and apparatus
+broken. Goodnight.”</p>
+
+<p>“Going for Dad now, goodnight,” came the
+voice. There was a sputter, then silence.</p>
+
+<p>Dick turned to the men, his face gleaming with
+pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>“There will be a posse on the way in a short time.
+The radio worked,” he announced.</p>
+
+<p>The little group of men burst into a cheer and
+were silenced only by the threat of the guards outside
+to come in and make them stop.</p>
+
+<p>Feeling that they had done all that could be
+done, they prepared to turn in and wait the coming
+of the morn with its posse headed by Sheriff Brown.</p>
+
+<p>The men rolled in, but Dick was too excited to
+sleep, and he told Mr. Boone, in a low tone, of all
+that had transpired since they had reached the camp.
+Of course he was unable to tell of the way in which
+the timber was stolen, as he had not seen his chums
+when they returned from their expedition that night
+he was captured.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Boone was silent for some few minutes after
+Dick had concluded his talk. He was worried about
+Garry and Phil, and Dick, noting his silence, asked
+him what the trouble was.</p>
+
+<p>When he found the reason for Mr. Boone’s
+worry, he endeavored to cheer him up.</p>
+
+<p>“The chances are that they have not fallen into
+the hands of anyone at the camp here, else they
+would have been brought here with us. I am certain
+that they have discovered some clue and are
+following it up. Very likely they are searching for
+me, as they of course do not know I am here.”</p>
+
+<p>Being ignorant of all that had transpired, Dick
+did not know how near at that moment his chums
+were.</p>
+
+<p>As they talked, they were being guided towards
+the road by King. It was necessary to make a
+wide detour in order to avoid running into a stray
+member of the camp traitors’ party.</p>
+
+<p>Garry was well satisfied with part of the night’s
+work. In the first place, he had proof that Carson,
+his father’s business enemy, was at the bottom of
+the whole mess, and in the second place, he felt that
+he had so effectively disabled the motor launch that
+no more timber would be stolen that night. By the
+next day, he expected to have the whole gang
+rounded up.</p>
+
+<p>They finally reached the road, and were half way
+to the town, when they heard the sound of what
+they thought was a large auto truck coming towards
+them.</p>
+
+<p>When they drew near the truck, they saw a dozen
+rifles leveled at them, and a stern voice told them to
+halt. They feared for a moment that they had
+walked into a new trap.</p>
+
+<p>One of the men leaped from the truck and asked
+them who they were and what their business was.</p>
+
+<p>“My name is Boone,” answered Garry, acting as
+the spokesman for his little party. “I am on my
+way to try and locate the sheriff of the county, as
+my father and friends are held prisoner at the
+Boone lumber cutting camp.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I’m the sheriff, and I’m on my way there
+now. We’ll look you over in a moment and see if
+you’re all right.”</p>
+
+<p>The words of the sheriff surprised Garry.</p>
+
+<p>“How did you know that you were wanted at the
+camp?”</p>
+
+<p>“My boy picked a message out of the air with his
+radio, and that’s how we found out,” answered the
+sheriff.</p>
+
+<p>Garry gave a shout of joy. “Good for Dick, he
+managed somehow to get a chance to use his wireless.”</p>
+
+<p>“Now,” said the sheriff, “lower the muzzles of
+those rifles and come forward slowly. My men
+have you covered and you have no chance for any
+monkey business.”</p>
+
+<p>Knowing that they could soon convince the sheriff
+of their statements, they did as they were bade.
+When they came into the light cast by the headlights
+of the truck, the sheriff at once recognized
+Art Howells.</p>
+
+<p>“Hello, Art, guess that is all I want to know.
+These fellows all right? I know you well enough
+to take your word for it.”</p>
+
+<p>“They are absolutely O.K., Sheriff,” answered
+Art. “We were on our way to summon you when
+you met us.”</p>
+
+<p>Howells’ words satisfied the sheriff, and they
+proceeded to get acquainted all around. Garry
+asked if that was the pretext of the posse, for he
+counted only fifteen men, and was relieved when he
+was told that another truck with the same number
+of men was following them, but had been obliged
+to stop for a short time on account of engine
+trouble.</p>
+
+<p>As they spoke they heard the rumble of an engine
+and a short time later the second truck hove
+into view.</p>
+
+<p>“It lacks about an hour and a half of daylight, so
+I think we ought to be getting on. If possible we
+can surprise them in the dark, that would win half
+the battle for us. Not that I expect there will be
+much of a fight, when they see that the law is after
+them,” said the sheriff.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think I would trust the authority of the
+law half as much as our rifles,” said Garry. “Those
+men are desperate, some of them, and if they see
+prison staring them in the face, they will fight all
+the harder, figuring that they might as well be
+taken for sheep as for lambs,” said Garry. “Besides,
+they have two bad men with them, meaning
+the two halfbreeds, Jean and Baptiste LeBlanc.
+Jean is already wanted for a half a dozen serious
+crimes, including kidnapping and setting fire to forests;
+also he is an escaped jail bird. With that
+kind, it means fight to the end before being taken.”</p>
+
+<p>“Come to think of it, I’ve seen a notice in my
+office offering a reward for his capture. I’d like to
+get that chap, and I could use the reward,” said the
+sheriff.</p>
+
+<p>They had ridden as they talked, and soon were
+on the outskirts of the camp.</p>
+
+<p>But something had gone wrong. A volley of
+shots whistled at them from cover, and they were
+forced to beat a short retreat instead of springing
+a surprise on their quarry as they had intended
+to do.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, that’s funny; how did they get on to
+that?” muttered the sheriff.</p>
+
+<p>It later developed that Barrows had posted
+sentinels in the woods along the road, and as soon as
+their approach was noted, they had, by a pre-arranged
+signal, passed the word of the coming to
+the posse.</p>
+
+<p>This word having been received at the camp,
+hasty preparations had been made to receive them.
+The prisoners, about twenty in all, had been
+marched at the points of guns to the storehouse,
+and there were forced to enter the storehouse.
+There was hardly room enough for them, and little
+air, but they were crowded in like so many sardines
+in a can, while the enemy fortified themselves in the
+log bunkhouse.</p>
+
+<p>The opening volley of shots had come from the
+sentinels who had closed in and fired as they ran
+for shelter to the bunkhouse.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, we’re stumped for a minute now,” said
+the sheriff. “They could hold us off for a long time
+in that bunkhouse. It is built of solid logs, and bullets,
+unless they were aimed at the windows, would
+have no effect on that wood. We’ve got to think
+up some way of rushing ’em or smoking ’em out.
+Anyone got a plan in mind?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir, I think I have,” spoke up Phil. “As
+soon as it gets just a little bit lighter we can rush
+one of the trucks back through the woods to the
+sawmill, and there we can sheath the truck with
+some of that timber. A very thick bulwark can be
+made, and that will halt the bullets. Half of the
+men can stay near the bunkhouse drawing fire with
+their rifles while the truck is being fixed.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what good is that going to do us?” broke
+in the sheriff.</p>
+
+<p>“Just let me finish. I know that there are three
+or four sticks of dynamite at the sawmill, that were
+part of the lot bought to blast away the stumps
+where the mill and camp shacks were built. With
+what wire I have in my pack, and some of the batteries
+from my wireless, I can rig up a small mine
+at the side of the log hut, where there is no window.
+The shield on the truck would be to allow us to get
+there in safety.”</p>
+
+<p>“But wouldn’t that be an awful thing to do,
+Phil?” asked Garry. “We couldn’t blow those men
+up without warning.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, that isn’t my idea. I would have one of the
+party carry a flag of truce into the camp and explain
+to the men what had been done, and give them two
+minutes to surrender. If they did not, then go
+ahead and blow her up. Few would be hurt, and
+those only slightly. The blast would make a breach
+in the wall through which we could wage a more
+even battle, if it comes to an actual fight. But I
+think the fear of the dynamite would be enough to
+do the trick. Besides, we could promise that the
+lumberjacks would be allowed to go in peace; only
+the principals would be held. If those jacks were
+the kind that would play traitor to the camp they
+were working for, they would double cross Barrows
+to save their own skins.”</p>
+
+<p>“By gosh, boy, I believe you have struck the very
+idea. At any rate, it’s worth a trial. I’ll go with
+you in the truck with some of the men, and leave
+the deputy here with the others.”</p>
+
+<p>The plan was put into execution, and the truck
+made a dash over the uneven ground past the bunkhouse.
+A volley of shots greeted them as they tore
+past, and two of the men uttered exclamations of
+pain. Fortunately they had only the merest flesh
+wounds, which Phil bound for them with a small
+first aid bandage that he had in his pocket.</p>
+
+<p>The barrier was built in record time at the sawmill,
+and Phil rescued the dynamite from its hiding
+place. He had feared for a moment that it might
+have been removed, but evidently in the haste of
+fortifying themselves in the bunkhouse, no one of
+the enemy had thought of it.</p>
+
+<p>The return to the bunkhouse then started. When
+within a striking distance of it, the truck was turned
+around and, throwing his clutch into reverse, the
+driver skillfully backed it towards the log house.</p>
+
+<p>Several shots were fired, then there was a silence.
+Evidently those inside the building were at loss to
+understand what this peculiar form of attack meant.</p>
+
+<p>Phil knew that his job would be a perilous one,
+but he knew his duty was to do what he had planned.
+The barrier was raised up and he slipped to the
+ground. He felt a measure of safety in the thought
+that the enemy could see what was going on, and
+would be unlikely to send spies out, since the men
+of the posse in the other truck could pick them off
+if they came out.</p>
+
+<p>Phil raided his radio set for the necessary wire,
+and fixed the dynamite against the log house.
+There was only one detonator left, and Phil was not
+sure it was a good one, but he felt so certain that
+there would be no need of setting it off that he did
+not particularly care.</p>
+
+<p>His plan was for the man who bore the flag of
+truce to promise safe conduct for one man to go
+and look at the arrangement and then go back and
+tell the others that it was so. The inspector would
+be under cover of the rifles of the posse all the time,
+so would have no chance of wrecking the dynamite
+mine.</p>
+
+<p>When it was finally in place, he gave the order
+for the truck to back away slowly, paying out the
+wire that was to be used to set off the detonator
+from the battery at the other end if the need really
+arose.</p>
+
+<p>Garry then volunteered to act as the truce bearer,
+but here King stepped in.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ve been athinkin’ that you shouldn’t go. Suppose
+they once got you in the shack; they could
+send a man out and tell us that they would harm
+you if you didn’t give orders to git out o’ the way.
+They know that your pa would rather lose the
+whole camp than have you harmed. Now with me
+it would be different; they’d know that I didn’t
+count for much with you folks, I’d be like one o’
+the sheriff’s men only, and could bargain better.
+Better let me go, only promise if anythin’ happens
+to me you’ll take care of my baby.”</p>
+
+<p>The crude logic of the old timer appealed to
+them all except Garry, who felt that he should take
+the danger, since Phil had done his share in braving
+bullets to fix the charge.</p>
+
+<p>However, the sheriff decided the matter, and since
+he was the real head of the posse and the law representative
+of the county, his decision went.</p>
+
+<p>One of the men produced a white handkerchief
+and tied it to a stick. Then holding the flag of
+truce aloft, King, the squatter, headed for the log
+house. The posse held their breaths for a moment,
+thinking that those in the shack would fear a trick
+and shoot him; but he advanced in safety and they
+saw the door of the shack open long enough to
+admit him.</p>
+
+<p>When King arrived at the shack, he was met by
+Barrows, who demanded to know what message
+was sent. In a few words King told them, then he
+added some words of his own. These were directed
+to the lumberjacks. King spun a yarn out of whole
+cloth and told the jacks, who by this time were
+almost ready to desert the ship, that another posse
+was on the way.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows was for disregarding the message as a
+trick, but King clinched the argument by offering
+immunity to all the lumberjacks except the bosses
+and camp officers. They demanded that one of
+their number go and see if the dynamite was really
+there.</p>
+
+<p>Barrows and his lieutenants were not strong
+enough to cope with the lumberjacks, and it was
+finally agreed that one lumberjack and the red
+headed cookee go and inspect the blasting apparatus.
+Each faction—for there were two now in the
+log house—insisted on having a representative sent,
+for neither was willing to trust the word of the
+other. King agreed to remain behind as a hostage
+for the safety of the messengers.</p>
+
+<p>The two set out on their quest, and in a few minutes
+were back, post haste.</p>
+
+<p>“It’s there, boss; enough to blow us all into the
+next world,” gasped the cookee, who was now
+frightened half to death.</p>
+
+<p>His words being corroborated, the lumberjacks
+insisted on an immediate surrender. Barrows saw
+that the jig was up, and he ordered an evacuation.
+Jean LeBlanc’s face was livid, and he spat out a
+torrent of abuse at Barrows. But for all his braggadocio,
+Barrows was a coward under the skin, and
+he saw there was nothing to be gained by a fight
+except a longer prison term. Even now he was
+figuring on bargaining with Mr. Boone for his freedom,
+by giving away the interests who had hired
+him to do their dirty work.</p>
+
+<p>Once outside the door, they found the guns of the
+men in the trucks trained on them, and they were
+marching quietly to be disarmed and probably
+bound, when suddenly, with a loud scream of defiance,
+Jean LeBlanc turned and bounded away with
+the speed of a stricken deer. A dozen shots flew
+after him, and one must have struck him, for they
+heard him give a screech of pain, then he reached
+the sanctuary of the woods, and dodging for safety
+from tree to tree dashed for the lake. Three of the
+men took after him, but he had taken them by such
+great surprise when he fled, that he got a flying
+start.</p>
+
+<p>LeBlanc reached the lake and dived in. He had
+seen at the same moment as the men who were following,
+the one chance to save his hide. The motor
+boat had been repaired, and in it were three or four
+of the men concerned in the timber thefts. Among
+them was Jean’s brother Baptiste.</p>
+
+<p>Swimming under water, the halfbreed made for
+the craft. The men in the launch opened fire on
+the pursuers. A rope was thrown to Jean by his
+brother, which he grasped, and then without taking
+the time to haul him aboard, the boat put about and
+made for the other side of the lake.</p>
+
+<p>Shot after shot was exchanged, but LeBlanc, as
+well as those in the motor boat, seemed to bear
+charmed lives.</p>
+
+<p>Once again, Jean LeBlanc had foiled justice and
+made his escape.</p>
+
+<p>The chagrined pursuers returned to the late
+scene of hostilities, and found that order had been
+restored. The lumberjacks who had been promised
+immunity had been disarmed and herded together,
+waiting the word to leave the camp.</p>
+
+<p>The ringleaders had been tied up to prevent any
+more escapes, and Mr. Boone and Dick, together
+with the other prisoners, had been removed from
+the stifling air of the storehouse.</p>
+
+<p>Warm was the greeting between father and son
+and between the chums who were together once
+again, unharmed and happy. After the greetings
+were over, the traitorous lumberjacks were ordered
+to get their packs and leave within fifteen minutes
+under the guidance of the posse, while the prisoners
+were put on the trucks to be taken to the county
+jail.</p>
+
+<p>“So ends the battle of Boone’s camp, and all the
+excitement. My boys, I can’t tell you how proud I
+am of you; but had I known the perils that were
+in store for you, I would never have started you on
+this mission. But you have covered yourselves with
+glory, and I’m proud of you. Now I must get a
+manager that will serve my interests, get this camp
+going and do what I can to try and retrieve what I
+have lost through the rascally Barrows. I am
+afraid that I am financially hurt unless we can bring
+Carson to book and make him stand this loss.”</p>
+
+<p>“With our evidence I think you can,” said Garry.
+“And now what would you give for a real manager
+that would serve you and no one else?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know, but I would give almost anything
+in reason for such a man.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then,” said Garry, “there’s your man,” and he
+pointed to Art Howells.</p>
+
+<p>Garry’s father heartily agreed.</p>
+
+<p>“Now,” said Mr. Boone, “I’d like to get a look
+at this hermit of yours.”</p>
+
+<p>The boys looked around for the old man, but,
+mysterious as ever, he had disappeared!</p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XIX<br/>CONCLUSION</h2>
+
+<p>So the quest of the boys to discover the Timber
+Thieves was ended. Mr. Boone hailed Garry’s suggestion
+with delight, and Howells, who protested
+that he had done nothing to deserve the big promotion,
+was installed as camp manager, with the faithful
+lumberjacks as a nucleus, to get the camp going
+full blast again.</p>
+
+<p>“And you can depend, Moose Boone, on our
+doing everything we can to make up for what has
+happened before,” one of the old timers shouted.</p>
+
+<p>Only one remained to be rewarded for his help.
+That was King, the squatter. Mr. Boone immediately
+agreed when Garry told him of the promise
+that had been made, and offered to send some food
+and clothes to Misery Camp.</p>
+
+<p>A suggestion by Dick proved good. He asked
+why the Misery Camp men could not be hired to
+take some of the places left vacant by the men who
+had turned traitor. This was put to King and he
+thought it over a minute.</p>
+
+<p>Then he said:</p>
+
+<p>“Squatters hain’t lazy; it’s just that every man’s
+hand is turned against ’em because they haven’t got
+homes and land o’ their own; but you people seem
+different. I’ll have all the men here in a couple o’
+days, ready to go to work and earn a livin’.”</p>
+
+<p>It took some time for all to tell their stories.
+Since Garry and Phil had worked separately from
+Dick, they had to tell him all that befell them since
+the evening they had left to go and visit the scene
+of the timber stealing; and Dick was made to tell
+how he had become a captive.</p>
+
+<p>In the telling of their stories to each other, the
+whole story was unfolded to Mr. Boone, and at the
+end of the stories he again congratulated them on
+the successful way in which they had carried out his
+mission.</p>
+
+<p>“Now I suppose it’s back to the patrol on Sourdehunq,”
+said Garry. “We have forgotten for some
+time that we are Rangers, and we still have a
+month or so to work for the protection of the forests.
+It will seem kind of quiet there after all this
+excitement, for I don’t believe that much can happen
+there now.”</p>
+
+<p>But further adventures were in store for the
+boys—how they were given another mission to
+accomplish; the great good fortune that came to
+Phil; the explanation of the mystery that surrounded
+the hermit, and the final reward for their
+summer’s work. All will be told in the next and
+last book of the Ranger Boys series, entitled, “<span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The
+Ranger Boys and Their Reward</span>.”</p>
+
+<p>THE END</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Ranger Boys Series</p>
+
+<p>BY CLAUDE H. LA BELLE</p>
+
+<p>A new series of copyright titles telling of the
+adventures of three boys with the Forest Rangers
+in the state of Maine.</p>
+
+<p>Handsome Cloth Binding.
+PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RANGER BOYS TO THE RESCUE</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RANGER BOYS FIND THE HERMIT</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RANGER BOYS AND THE BORDER SMUGGLERS</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RANGER BOYS OUTWIT THE TIMBER THIEVES</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RANGER BOYS AND THEIR REWARD</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the Publishers.</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 East 23rd Street, New York</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Radio Boys Series</p>
+
+<p>BY GERALD BRECKENRIDGE</p>
+
+<p>A new series of copyright titles for
+boys of all ages.</p>
+
+<p>Cloth Bound, with Attractive Cover Designs
+PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RADIO BOYS ON THE MEXICAN BORDER</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RADIO BOYS ON SECRET SERVICE DUTY</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RADIO BOYS WITH THE REVENUE GUARDS</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RADIO BOYS' SEARCH FOR THE INCA'S TREASURE</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE RADIO BOYS RESCUE THE LOST ALASKA EXPEDITION</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price
+by the Publishers</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 EAST 23rd STREET, NEW YORK</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Boy Troopers Series</p>
+
+<p>BY CLAIR W. HAYES</p>
+
+<p>Author of the Famous "Boy Allies" Series.</p>
+
+<p>The adventures of two boys with the Pennsylvania State Police.</p>
+
+<p>All Copyrighted Titles.</p>
+
+<p>Cloth Bound, with Attractive Cover Designs.</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY TROOPERS ON THE TRAIL</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY TROOPERS IN THE NORTHWEST</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY TROOPERS ON STRIKE DUTY</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY TROOPERS AMONG THE WILD MOUNTAINEERS</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the Publishers.</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY
+114-120 East 23rd Street, New York</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Golden Boys Series</p>
+
+<p>By L. P. WYMAN, Ph.D.
+Dean of Pennsylvania Military College.</p>
+
+<p>A new series of instructive copyright stories for
+boys of High School Age.</p>
+
+<p>Handsome Cloth Binding.
+PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GOLDEN BOYS AND THEIR NEW ELECTRIC CELL</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GOLDEN BOYS AT THE FORTRESS</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GOLDEN BOYS IN THE MAINE WOODS</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GOLDEN BOYS WITH THE LUMBER JACKS</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GOLDEN BOYS ON THE RIVER DRIVE</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the Publishers.</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 East 23rd Street, New York</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Boy Scouts Series</p>
+
+<p>BY HERBERT CARTER</p>
+
+<p>For Boys 12 to 16 Years</p>
+
+<p>All Cloth Bound Copyright Titles</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH</p>
+
+<p>New Stories of Camp Life</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS' FIRST CAMPFIRE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Scouting With The Silver Fox Patrol.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS IN THE BLUE RIDGE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Marooned Among the Moonshiners.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS ON THE TRAIL;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Scouting through the Big Game Country.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS IN THE MAINE WOODS;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The New Test for the Silver Fox Patrol.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS THROUGH THE BIG TIMBER;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Search for the Lost Tenderfoot.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS IN THE ROCKIES;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Secret of the Hidden Silver Mine.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS ON STURGEON ISLAND;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Marooned Among the Game-Fish Poachers.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS DOWN IN DIXIE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Strange Secret of Alligator Swamp.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS AT THE BATTLE OF SARATOGA;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A story of Burgoyne's Defeat in 1777.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS ALONG THE SUSQUEHANNA;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Silver Fox Patrol Caught in a Flood.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS ON WAR TRAILS IN BELGIUM;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Caught Between Hostile Armies.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SCOUTS AFOOT IN FRANCE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, With The Red Cross Corps at the Marne.</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price
+by the Publishers</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 EAST 23rd STREET, NEW YORK</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>Our Young Aeroplane Scout Series</p>
+
+<p>(Registered in the United States Patent Office)</p>
+
+<p>BY HORACE PORTER</p>
+
+<p>For Boys 12 to 16 Years.</p>
+
+<p>All Cloth Bound Copyright Titles</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH</p>
+
+<p>A Series of Remarkable Stories of the Adventures of Two
+Boy Flyers in The European War Zone.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN FRANCE AND BELGIUM;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Saving The Fortunes of the Trouvilles.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN GERMANY.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN RUSSIA;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Lost on the Frozen Steppes.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN TURKEY;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Bringing the Light to Yusef.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN ENGLAND;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Twin Stars In the London Sky Patrol.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN ITALY;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Flying with the War Eagles of the Alps.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS AT VERDUN;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Driving Armored Meteors Over Flaming Battle Fronts.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN THE BALKANS;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Wearing the Red Badge of Courage Among Warring Legions.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN THE WAR ZONE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Serving Uncle Sam In the Great Cause of the Allies.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS FIGHTING TO THE FINISH;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or Striking Hard Over the Sea for the Stars and Stripes.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS AT THE MARNE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Hurrying the Huns from Allied Battle Planes.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>OUR YOUNG AEROPLANE SCOUTS IN AT THE VICTORY;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Speedy High Flyers Smashing the Hindenburg Line.</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price
+by the Publishers</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 EAST 23rd STREET, NEW YORK</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Jack Lorimer Series</p>
+
+<p>BY WINN STANDISH</p>
+
+<p>For Boys 12 to 16 Years.</p>
+
+<p>All Cloth Bound. Copyright Titles</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH</p>
+
+<p>CAPTAIN JACK LORIMER; or, The Young Athlete of Millvale High.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;'>Jack Lorimer is a fine example of the all-around American
+high-school boys. His fondness for clean, honest
+sport of all kinds will strike a chord of sympathy among
+athletic youths.</p>
+
+<p>JACK LORIMER'S CHAMPIONS; or, Sports on Land and Lake.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;'>There is a lively story woven in with the athletic achievements,
+which are all right, since the book has been O.K'd.
+by Chadwick, the Nestor of American Sporting Journalism.</p>
+
+<p>JACK LORIMER'S HOLIDAYS; or, Millvale High in Camp.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;'>It would be well not to put this book into a boy's hands
+until the chores are finished, otherwise they might be
+neglected.</p>
+
+<p>JACK LORIMER'S SUBSTITUTE; or, The Acting Captain of the Team.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;'>On the sporting side, this book takes up football, wrestling,
+and tobogganing. There is a good deal of fun in this book
+and plenty of action.</p>
+
+<p>JACK LORIMER, FRESHMAN; or, From Millvale High to Exmouth.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;'>Jack and some friends he makes crowd innumerable happenings
+into an exciting freshman year at one of the leading
+Eastern colleges. The book is typical of the American
+college boy's life, and there is a lively story, interwoven
+with feats on the gridiron, hockey, basketball and other
+clean honest sports for which Jack Lorimer stands.</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price
+by the Publishers</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 EAST 23rd STREET, NEW YORK</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Boy Allies</p>
+
+<p>(Registered in the United States Patent Office)</p>
+
+<p>With the Navy</p>
+
+<p>BY ENSIGN ROBERT L. DRAKE</p>
+
+<p>For Boys 12 to 16 Years.</p>
+
+<p>All Cloth Bound. Copyright Titles</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH</p>
+
+<p>Frank Chadwick and Jack Templeton, young American lads,
+meet each other in an unusual way soon after the declaration
+of war. Circumstances place them on board the British cruiser,
+"The Sylph," and from there on, they share adventures with
+the sailors of the Allies. Ensign Robert L. Drake, the author,
+is an experienced naval officer, and he describes admirably the
+many exciting adventures of the two boys.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES ON THE NORTH SEA PATROL;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Striking the First Blow at the German Fleet.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES UNDER TWO FLAGS;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Sweeping the Enemy from the Sea.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH THE FLYING SQUADRON;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Naval Raiders of the Great War.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH THE TERROR OF THE SEA;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Last Shot of Submarine D-16.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES UNDER THE SEA;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Vanishing Submarine.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES IN THE BALTIC;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Through Fields of Ice to Aid the Czar.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES AT JUTLAND;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Greatest Naval Battle of History.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH UNCLE SAM'S CRUISERS;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Convoying the American Army Across the Atlantic.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH THE SUBMARINE D-32;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Fall of the Russian Empire.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH THE VICTORIOUS FLEETS;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Fall of the German Navy.</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price
+by the Publishers</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 EAST 23rd STREET, NEW YORK</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Boy Allies</p>
+
+<p>(Registered in the United States Patent Office)</p>
+
+<p>With the Army</p>
+
+<p>BY CLAIR W. HAYES</p>
+
+<p>For Boys 12 to 16 Years.</p>
+
+<p>All Cloth Bound. Copyright Titles</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH</p>
+
+<p>In this series we follow the fortunes of two American lads
+unable to leave Europe after war is declared. They meet the
+soldiers of the Allies, and decide to cast their lot with them.
+Their experiences and escapes are many, and furnish plenty
+of good, healthy action that every boy loves.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES AT LIEGE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Through Lines of Steel.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES ON THE FIRING LINE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Twelve Days Battle Along the Marne.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH THE COSSACKS;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, A Wild Dash Over the Carpathians.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES IN THE TRENCHES;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Midst Shot and Shell Along the Alsne.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES IN GREAT PERIL;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, With the Italian Army In the Alps.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES IN THE BALKAN CAMPAIGN;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Struggle to Save a Nation.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES ON THE SOMME;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Courage and Bravery Rewarded.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES AT VERDUN;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Saving France from the Enemy.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES UNDER THE STARS AND STRIPES;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Leading the American Troops to the Firing Line.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH HAIG IN FLANDERS;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Fighting Canadians of Vimy Ridge.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH PERSHING IN FRANCE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Over the Top at Chateau Thierry.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH THE GREAT ADVANCE;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, Driving the Enemy Through France and Belgium.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY ALLIES WITH MARSHAL FOCH;</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or, The Closing Days of the Great World War.</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price
+by the Publishers</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 EAST 23rd STREET, NEW YORK</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Navy Boys Series</p>
+
+<p>A series of excellent stories of adventure on
+sea and land, selected from the works of popular
+writers; each volume designed for boys'
+reading.</p>
+
+<p><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Handsome Cloth Bindings</span></p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS IN DEFENCE OF LIBERTY.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A story of the burning of the British schooner Gaspee in 1772.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By William P. Chipman.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS ON LONG ISLAND SOUND.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A story of the Whale Boat Navy of 1776.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS AT THE SIEGE OF HAVANA.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Being the experience of three boys serving under Israel Putnam</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;in 1772.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS WITH GRANT AT VICKSBURG.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A boy's story of the siege of Vicksburg.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS' CRUISE WITH PAUL JONES.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A boy's story of a cruise with the Great Commodore in 1776.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS ON LAKE ONTARIO.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of two boys and their adventures in the War of 1812.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS' CRUISE ON THE PICKERING.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A boy's story of privateering in 1780.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS IN NEW YORK BAY.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A story of three boys who took command of the schooner "The Laughing</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mary," the first vessel of the American Navy.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS IN THE TRACK OF THE ENEMY.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of a remarkable cruise with the Sloop of War "Providence"</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;and the Frigate "Alfred."</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By William P. Chipman.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS' DARING CAPTURE.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of how the navy boys helped to capture the British Cutter</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"Margaretta," in 1775.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By William P. Chipman.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS' CRUISE TO THE BAHAMAS.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The adventures of two Yankee Middies with the first cruise of an</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;American Squadron in 1775.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By William P. Chipman.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE NAVY BOYS' CRUISE WITH COLUMBUS.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The adventures of two boys who sailed with the great Admiral in the</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;discovery of America.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By Frederick A. Ober.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Boy Spies Series</p>
+
+<p>These stories are based on important historical
+events, scenes wherein boys are prominent
+characters being selected. They are the
+romance of history, vigorously told, with careful
+fidelity to picturing the home life, and accurate
+in every particular.</p>
+
+<p><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Handsome Cloth Bindings</span></p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES AT THE BATTLE OF NEW ORLEANS.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A story of the part they took in its defence.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By William P. Chipman.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES AT THE DEFENCE OF FORT HENRY.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A boy's story of Wheeling Creek in 1777.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES AT THE BATTLE OF BUNKER HILL.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A story of two boys at the siege of Boston.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES AT THE SIEGE OF DETROIT.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A story of two Ohio boys in the War of 1812.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES WITH LAFAYETTE.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of how two boys joined the Continental Army.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES ON CHESAPEAKE BAY.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of two young spies under Commodore Barney.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES WITH THE REGULATORS.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of how the boys assisted the Carolina Patriots</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;to drive the British from that State.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES WITH THE SWAMP FOX.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of General Marion and his young spies.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES AT YORKTOWN.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of how the spies helped General Lafayette</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;in the Siege of Yorktown.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES OF PHILADELPHIA.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of how the young spies helped the Continental</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Army at Valley Forge.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES OF FORT GRISWOLD.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of the part they took in its brave defence.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By William P. Chipman.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE BOY SPIES OF OLD NEW YORK.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The story of how the young spies prevented the capture of</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;General Washington.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By James Otis.</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers.</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY, 114-120 East 23d Street, New York</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Girl Chum's Series</p>
+
+<p>ALL AMERICAN AUTHORS.</p>
+
+<p>ALL COPYRIGHT STORIES.</p>
+
+<p>A carefully selected series of books for
+girls, written by popular authors. These
+are charming stories for young girls, well
+told and full of interest. Their simplicity,
+tenderness, healthy, interesting motives,
+vigorous action, and character painting will
+please all girl readers.</p>
+
+<p>HANDSOME CLOTH BINDING.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>BENHURST CLUB, THE. By Howe Benning.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>BERTHA'S SUMMER BOARDERS. By Linnie S. Harris.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>BILLOW PRAIRIE. A Story of Life in the Great West. By Joy Allison.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>DUXBERRY DOINGS. A New England Story. By Caroline B. Le Row.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>FUSSBUDGET'S FOLKS. A Story For Young Girls. By Anna F. Burnham.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>HAPPY DISCIPLINE, A. By Elizabeth Cummings.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>JOLLY TEN, THE; and Their Year of Stories. By Agnes Carr Sage.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>KATIE ROBERTSON. A Girl's Story of Factory Life. By M. E. Winslow.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>LONELY HILL. A Story For Girls. By M. L. Thornton-Wilder.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MAJORIBANKS. A Girl's Story. By Elvirton Wright.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MISS CHARITY'S HOUSE. By Howe Benning.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MISS ELLIOT'S GIRLS. A Story For Young Girls. By Mary Spring Corning.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MISS MALCOLM'S TEN. A Story For Girls. By Margaret E. Winslow.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>ONE GIRL'S WAY OUT. By Howe Benning.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>PEN'S VENTURE. By Elvirton Wright.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>RUTH PRENTICE. A Story For Girls. By Marion Thorne.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THREE YEARS AT GLENWOOD. A Story of School Life. By M. E. Winslow.</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers.</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY, 114-120 East 23d Street, New York</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Girl Comrade's Series</p>
+
+<p>ALL AMERICAN AUTHORS.</p>
+
+<p>ALL COPYRIGHT STORIES.</p>
+
+<p>A carefully selected series of books for
+girls, written by popular authors. These
+are charming stories for young girls, well
+told and full of interest. Their simplicity,
+tenderness, healthy, interesting motives
+vigorous action, and character painting will
+please all girl readers.</p>
+
+<p>HANDSOME CLOTH BINDING.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>A BACHELOR MAID AND HER BROTHER By I. R. Thurston.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>ALL ABOARD. A Story For Girls. By Fanny E. Newberry.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>ALMOST A GENIUS. A Story For Girls. By Adelaide L. Rouse.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>ANNICE WYNKOOP, Artist. Story of a Country Girl. By Adelaide L. Rouse.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>BUBBLES. A Girl's Story. By Fannie B. Newberry.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>COMRADES. By Fannie E. Newberry.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>DEANE GIRLS, THE. A Home Story. By Adelaide L. Rouse.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>HELEN BEATON. COLLEGE WOMAN. By Adelaide L. Rouse.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>JOYCE'S INVESTMENTS. A Story For Girls. By Fannie E. Newberry.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MELLICENT RAYMOND. A Story For Girls. By Fannie E. Newberry.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MISS ASHTON'S NEW PUPIL. A School Girl's Story. By Mrs. S. S. Robbins.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>NOT FOR PROFIT. A Story For Girls. By Fannie E. Newberry.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>ODD ONE, THE. A Story For Girls. By Fannie E. Newberry.</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>SARA, A PRINCESS. A Story For Girls. By Fannie E. Newberry.</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers.</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY, 114-120 East 23d Street. New York</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>Marjorie Dean High School Series</p>
+
+<p>BY PAULINE LESTER</p>
+
+<p>Author of the Famous Marjorie Dean College Series</p>
+
+<p>These are clean, wholesome stories that will be of great
+interest to all girls of high school age.</p>
+
+<p>All Cloth Bound. Copyright Titles</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MARJORIE DEAN, HIGH SCHOOL FRESHMAN</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MARJORIE DEAN, HIGH SCHOOL SOPHOMORE</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MARJORIE DEAN, HIGH SCHOOL JUNIOR</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MARJORIE DEAN, HIGH SCHOOL SENIOR</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price
+by the Publishers</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 EAST 23rd STREET, NEW YORK</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>Marjorie Dean College Series</p>
+
+<p>BY PAULINE LESTER.</p>
+
+<p>Author of the Famous Marjorie Dean High School Series.</p>
+
+<p>Those who have read the Marjorie Dean High
+School Series will be eager to read this new series,
+as Marjorie Dean continues to be the heroine in
+these stories.</p>
+
+<p>All Clothbound. Copyright Titles.</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MARJORIE DEAN, COLLEGE FRESHMAN</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MARJORIE DEAN, COLLEGE SOPHOMORE</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MARJORIE DEAN, COLLEGE JUNIOR</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>MARJORIE DEAN, COLLEGE SENIOR</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the Publishers.</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 East 23rd Street, New York</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p>The Girl Scouts Series</p>
+
+<p>BY EDITH LAVELL</p>
+
+<p>A new copyright series of Girl Scouts stories by
+an author of wide experience in Scouts' craft, as
+Director of Girl Scouts of Philadelphia.</p>
+
+<p>Clothbound, with Attractive Color Designs.</p>
+
+<p>PRICE, 65 CENTS EACH.</p>
+
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GIRL SCOUTS AT MISS ALLEN'S SCHOOL</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GIRL SCOUTS AT CAMP</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GIRL SCOUTS' GOOD TURN</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GIRL SCOUTS' CANOE TRIP</p>
+<p style='margin-left:2em;margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0'>THE GIRL SCOUTS' RIVALS</p>
+
+<p>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the Publishers.</p>
+
+<p>A. L. BURT COMPANY</p>
+
+<p>114-120 East 23rd Street, New York</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Ranger Boys Outwit the Timber
+Thieves, by Claude A. Labelle
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE RANGER BOYS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 39916-h.htm or 39916-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/9/9/1/39916/
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This book was
+produced from images made available by the HathiTrust
+Digital Library.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+ www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/39916-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg b/39916-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea4b2d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/39916-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/39916-h/images/illus-tpg.jpg b/39916-h/images/illus-tpg.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97b1528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/39916-h/images/illus-tpg.jpg
Binary files differ